THE WORKS OF GEBER, The Most Famous ARABIAN PRINCE AND PHILOSOPHER  
Faithfully Englished By Richard Russel a Lover of Chemistry.  
— Ait iste Libellus:  
Magnus quidem non sum, sed inest mihi maxima Virtus.  

Licenced  
Jan. 28 1677/8 Ro. L'Estrange.   
LONDON, Printed for N. E. by Thomas James Mathematical Printer to the Kings most Excellent Majesty, at the Printing-press in Mincing-lane; and are to be sold by Robert Clavel at the Peacock in Saint Paul's Churchyard; and other Booksellers. 1678.   

THE TRANSLATOR TO THE READER.  
THe Eminency and Worth of this Author need no Apology, his Works sufficiently commend Him, who in his Writings, as the present Book clearly shows, used no Tautologies, Circumlocutions, or fruitless Ambages; but (like a good Master, intending to inform, not to perplex the Minds of his Disciples) so succinctly speaks of all Things, as is rarely seen in any other Author. The End, why he Writ in his Time, was as himself declares, not only to Teach and Direct the Ingenious, but also to Detect and Enervate the fallacious Descriptions of Sophisters, whom he pronounceth Cursed; saying, he should be accursed also, did he not discover their Frauds. For a like End was I incited, by a worthy Friend of mine, to this Translation; that the WORKS of so Ancient and Venerable an Author (comprising so many and various most needful Preparations) might now at length be published in the English Tongue; there being at this very Day so many Persons publicly exposing their Chemical Preparations (as they call them) which, if such as they are presented to be, or but in some competent measure correspondent to the specious Titles, with which they are insignized, would rather commend their Authors, than need to be commended by them. For Chemistry is a true and real Art, and (when handled by prudent Artists) produceth true and real Effects.  

But alas! 'tis by Experience found,  
Our empty Vessels give the greatest sound.   
And (which is more to be bewailed) Men that have scarcely seen the First Entrances of Chemistry, or at most are but Tyroes in that most necessary (though much abused) Science; account themselves sufficiently accomplished, if Confident enough to boast after the Rate of Masters; yea, more than good Masters in that Art dare to do. For every conscientious Man, exercised in Chemistry, sees Cause enough to lay his Hand upon his Mouth; and yet neglects not to do what Good he can, without blowing a Trumpet. He that doth otherwise, may very well be suspected: for (according to the usual Proverb) Good Wine needs no Bush; and every well performed Work commends the Worker thereof. It is recorded of the famous Painter Apelles, that he, having finished any eminent Piece, did always expose it to public View, before he durst commend it (as a perfect Work) to him for whom he made the same. His End in this, as Histories amply relate, was that he might, from the Mouths of others, hear himself praised, or dispraised; and thence be able (prudently conjecturing by what he heard) to correct and amend his own Errors. If Physicians of our Time did, in imitation of Apelles, expose their Works for the same End, and would upon just and undeniable Censures, endeavour to amend their Errors; their so frequent Publications would be highly commendable; but 'tis otherwise. Yet Charity forbids me to impute this to Avarice, Fraud, or Ambition (Vices abominable in all Men, especially in Physicians) but rather to other less injurious Causes, as Ignorance, and want of certain Experience; in amending which, this Book may prove very serviceable: because the Ignorant and Unexpert may possibly be informed thereby, and thence learn true Experiences, by which (if Industrious) they will in Time be able to Correct their own Errors, as well as if they had used the Policy of Apelles. But of Covetous; Deceitful, and Ambitious Men, there is no such Hope. Therefore omitting these, I doubt not, but that to every Man studious of Verity, the present Work will be highly acceptable: because herein he will find Instructions sufficient to inform his Judgement, in preparing Medicines truly Chemical. For this Author (herein excelling others) hath clearly and candidly, though briefly, taught the Methods of purifying all Metals, Minerals, Salts, Allomes, etc. In which true and perfect Purification, the Virtue of each Subject (its Vice and Impurity being separated) is rendered tenfold more efficacious in Medicinal Use, than the same Subject (without such Preparation preceding) could have been; as Experience daily proves. But if any Man object and say, This Author taught these Purifications only in Order to the great Stone of Philosophers; to him I thus answer: All Philosophers (Ancient and Modern) unanimously affirm, that Impurity tends to Corruption and Death; but Purity to Incorruption and Life. Therefore, if they, to amend imperfect Metals, viz. To heal the Diseases of them, so strictly enjoined the Separation of Heterogeneals, and Purification of Things Homogenal; how much more▪ every faithful Physician ought to labour in purifying the Subjects of Medicine for the Humane Body (more precious than all Metals) of which these here specified are no mean Part, I leave to the Judgement of all: And having premised these, crave the Readers Patience in perusal of the following:  
When I had perfected this Translation of GEBER, my Purpose was to have concealed my Name; as I did in the Translation of Royal and Practical Chemistry (which being my first Essay in that kind of Learning, I must confess were not so well performed, as I intent that Book shall be, if a Second Impression thereof be made in my Time) of Beguinus his Tyrocinium, of Helvetius his Golden Calf, all made public some years since; together with that of the Triumphant Chariot of Antimony, with Kirkringius his Notes thereon (though not the small Piece of Synesius to it annexed) lately published: but finding some too ready, as the saying is, to thrust their Sickle into another Man's Harvest, I am now at length enforced here to subjoin my Name; being resolved henceforth so to do, whensoever any other of the Works (through the favour of God) by me stranslated, shall come to be exposed to public View. For, besides the large Volume of the Works of Raymund Lul, now ready for the Press (not to mention other Pieces on various Subjects, of which I have translated many for private Persons) I have Englished the greatest Part of the Works of Paracelsus; having completed two of his three Volumes, and about half the Third: which I intent to finish (if GOD permit) as Time, Opportunity, or Encouragement shall be offered. Reader, I could here mention more; but considering that no Man hath any thing that he hath not received; and timely remembering that Poetical Admonition, 
— Nullum decet esse superbum;  
Qui sic inflatur, deserit omne Bonum:   
I here conclude, subscribing myself (as I always desire to be) your real Friend  
May 3d. 1678, From my House at the Star in New-market in Wapping, near the Dock. Richard Russell.   

The Contents.  

I. Of the Investigation or Search of Perfection.  

OF Things perfecting and corrupting Metallick Bodies Chap. 1. Page 3.  
Of the Stone of Philosophers, etc. Chap. 2. Page 5.  
Of Things helping Preparation, and of their Cleansing Chap. 3. Page 6.  
Of Preparing and Meliorating Bodies, in General Chap. 4. Page 9  
Of the Preparation of Tin in Special Chap. 5. Page 21.  
Of the Preparation of Saturn or Lead Chap. 6. Page 14.  
Of the Preparation of Copper Chap. 7. Page 15.  
Of the Preparation of Iron Chap. 8. Page 16  
Of the Preparation of Gold Chap. 9 Page 17.  
Of the Preparation of Silver Chap. 10. Page 17.  
Of the Properties of the greater Elixir Chap. 11. Page 18.  
The Conclusion of this Book Page 20.    

II. Of the Sum of Perfection, Or of the Perfect Magistery. The First Book.  

The Preface, dividing this Book into Four Parts. Page 22.  


Part I.  
Of the Division of Impediments Chap. 1. Page 25.  
Of the Impediments of this Work, from the part of the Body of the Artificer Chap. 2. Page 26.  
Of Impediments from the Part of the Artists Soul, Chap. 3. Page 27.  
Of External Impediments, hindering the Work of this Art Chap. 4. Page 29.  
The Conclusion of the First Part, containing the Qualifications of the Artificer Chap. 5. Page 30.    


Part 2.  
OF the true Reasons of Men simply denying Art Chap. 1. Page 34.  
That it is not possible, etc. that Art can imitate Nature in all Differences of Properties of Actions Chap. 2. Page 39  
A Confutation of the Reasons of Men simply denying Art Chap. 3. Page 42.  
Divers Opinions of those who suppose the Art to be Chap. 4. Page 49.  
Of the Reasons of Men denying the Art supposed in Sulphur Chap. 5. Page 51.  
Of the Reasons of Men denying the Art supposed in Arsenic Chap. 6. Page 53.  
Of the Reasons of Men denying the Art supposed in Argentvive, etc. Chap. 7. Page 54.  
Of the Reasons of Men denying the Art supposed in Spirits to be fixed with Bodies, etc. Chap. 8. Page 55.  
Of the Reasons of Men denying the Art supposed in White Lead or Tin, etc. Chap. 9 Page 57  
Of the Reasons of Men denying the Art supposed in Black Lead, or Saturn Chap. 10. Page 59  
Of the Reasons of Men denying the Art supposed in the Mixtion of hard Bodies, etc. Chap. 11. Page 60.  
Of the Reasons of Men denying the Art supposed in the Mixtion of hard Bodies, etc. Chap. 12. Page 61.  
Of the Reasons of Men denying the Art supposed in Extraction of the Soul, Chap. 13. Page 62.  
Of the Reasons of Men denying the Art supposed in Glass and Gems, etc. Chap. 14. Page 62.  
Of the Reasons of Men denying the Art supposed in Middle Minerals, Vegetables, etc. Chap. 15. Page 63.    


Part. 3.  
Of the Natural Principles of Metallick Bodies, according to the Opinions, etc. Chap. 1. Page 65.  
Of the Natural Principles of Metals, according to the Opinion of Modern Philosophers, etc. Chap. 2. Page 66.  
The Division of what are to be spoken of Sulphur, Arsenic, and Argentvive, etc. Chap. 3. Page 69.  
Of Sulphur Chap. 4. Page 69.  
Of Arsenic Chap. 5. Page 72.  
Of Argentvive, or Mercury Chap. 6. Page 73.  
Of the Effects of the Principles of Nature, which are Metallick Bodies Chap. 7. Page 74.  
Of Sol, or Gold Chap. 8. Page 75.  
Of Luna or Silver Chap. 9 Page 77.  
Of Saturn, or Led Chap. 10. Page 78.  
Of Jupiter, or Tin Chap. 11. Page 79.  
Of Venus, or Copper Chap. 12. Page 80.  
Of Mars, or Iron Chap. 13. Page 81.    


Part. 4.  
OF the Division of Things to be spoken, with an Insinuation of Perfection, etc. Chap. 1. Page 83.  
Of Sublimation, why invented Chap. 2. 86.  
What Sublimation is, and of the Degrees of Fire, etc. Chap. 3. Page 88  
Of the Feces of Metallick Bodies to be added to Spirits in their Sublimation, etc. Chap. 4. Page 91.  
Of Covering the Fire in Sublimation, Chap. 5. Page 93.  
Of Errors about the Quantity of Feces, and the Disposition of the Furnace, etc. Chap. 6. Page 95.  
Of what Matter and Form the Sublimatory is to be made Chap. 7. Page 99  
Of Sublimation of Mercury, or Argentv. Chap. 8. Page 102.  
Of Sublimation of Marchasite Chap. 9 Page 105.  
Of the Vessel for subliming Marchasite Chap. 10. Page 106.  
Of Sublimation of Magnesia and Tut. Chap. 11. Page 110.  
Of Descension, and the way of purifying by Pastils Chap. 12. Page 112.  
Of Distillation, its Causes & Kind's, etc. Chap. 13. Page 114.  
Of Calcination of Bodies and Spirits: its Causes, etc. Chap. 14. Page 120.  
Of Solution and its Cause Chap. 15. Page 126.  
Of Coagulation and its Causes; divers ways of Coagulating Mercury. etc. Chap. 16. Page 129.  
Of Fixation, and its Cause, etc. Chap. 17. Page 136.  
Of Ceration, and its Cause Chap. 18. Page 139.      

III. Of the Sum of Perfection, or of the Perfect Magistery. The Second Book.  

The Preface dividing the Book into Three Parts. Page 141.  


Part 1.  
THat the Knowledge of Perfection of this Art depends on the Knowledge of the Nature of Spirits, and Bodies, etc. Chap. 1. Page 142.  
Of the Nature of Sulphur and Arsenic Chap. 2. Page 143.  
Of the Nature of Mercury, or Argentv. Chap. 3. Page 145.  
Of the Nature of Marchasite, etc. Chap. 4. Page 148.  
Of the Nature of Sol, or Gold Chap. 5. Page 150.  
Of the Nature of Luna, or Silver Chap. 6. Page 153.  
Of the Nature of Mars or Iron. Also of the Effects of Sulphur and Mercury, etc. Chap. 7. Page 154.  
Of the Nature of Venus or Copper Chap. 8. Page 157.  
Of the Nature of Jupiter, or Tin Chap. 9 Page 162.  
Of the Nature of Saturn, or Led Chap. 10. Page 166.    


Part 2.  
THat of every imperfect Body, and also of Agentvive, the Medicine must necessarily be twofold, viz. one for the White, the other for the Red Chap. 1. Page 171.  
That every of the Imperfect Bodies ought to have its peculiar Preparation Chap. 2. Page 174.  
That the Defect of Imperfect Metals ought to be supplied by Medicine, but their Superfluity removed by Preparation Chap. 3. Page 176.  
Of the Preparation of Saturn and Jupiter Chap. 4. Page 179.  
Of the Preparation of Venus Chap. 5. Page 183.  
Of the Preparation of Mars Chap. 6. Page 184.  
Of the Mundification or Cleansing of Argentvive Chap. 7. Page 186.  
That five different Properties of Perfection necessarily constitute a most perfect Medicine, etc. Chap. 8. Page 187:  
Of Preparations to be adhibited to the Medicine, that it may acquire the due Differences of Properties Chap. 9 Page 189.  
Of the differences of Medicines, etc. Chap. 10. Page 191.  
Of the Medicine of the First Order dealbating Venus. Chap. 11. Page 193.  
Of Medicines dealbating Mars Chap. 12. Page 197.  
Of Medicines citrinating (or colouring) Luna 13. Page 198.  
Of the difference of the Properties of Medicines of the Second Order Chap. 14. Page 202.  
Of a Medicine Lunar and Solar, for imperfect Bodies Chap. 15. Page 204.  
Of the Medicine coagulating Argentv. Chap. 16. Page 207.  
How Ingress is procured in Medicines by Artifice Chap. 17. Page 209.  
Of Medicines of the Third Order in General Chap. 18. Page 210.  
Of the Lunar Medicine of the Third Ord. Chap. 19 Page 212.  
Of the Solar Medicine of the Third Ord. Chap. 20. Page 213    


Part 3.  
THe Division of what follows Chap. 1. Page 216.  
Of Cineritium, why some Bodies abide in it, others not Chap. 2. Page 217.  
Of the Trial of the Cineritium (or Cupel) how it is to be compounded and used Chap. 3. Page 220.  
Of Cement, why some Bodies sustain it more, and others less Chap. 4. Page 222.  
Of the Examen of Cement, how it is to be compounded and exercised Chap. 5. Page 224.  
Of Ignition Chap. 6. Page 226.  
Of Fusion, or Melting. Chap. 7. Page 227.  
Of the Exposition of Bodies over the Vapours of Acute Things Chap. 8. Page 229.  
Of the Extinction of Bodies Fire-hot Chap. 9 Page 231:  
Of the Admixtion of Burning Sulphur Chap. 10. Page 232.  
Of Calcination and Reduction Chap. 11. Page 234.  
Of the easy Susception of Argentvive Chap. 12. Page 235.  
A Recapitulation of the whole Art Chap. 13. Page 235.  
What Order the Author hath observed in treating of the aforesaid Chap. 14. Page 237.      

iv Of the Invention of Verity, or Perfection.  

OF the six Properties of Things from which the Medicine is extracted Chap. 1. Page 239.  
Of the seven Properties of the Medicine Chap. 2. Page 241.  
Of the Division of the Book into four Particles Chap. 3. Page 243.  


The First Particle.  
Of the Preparation of Middle Minerals Chap. 4: Page 245.    


The Second Particle.  
Of the Mundification, or Cleansing of Spirits Chap. 5. Page 249.  
Of the Preparation of Sulphur Chap. 6. Page 250.  
Of the Preparation of Arsenic Chap. 7. Page 251.  
Of the Preparation of Argentvive Chap. 8. Page 252.  
Of the Preparation of Marchasite Chap. 9 Page 253.  
Of the Preparation of Tutia, etc. Chap. 10. Page 253.    


The Third Particle.  
How Bodies ought to be prepared Chap. 11. Page 254.  
Of the Preparation of Saturn Chap. 12. Page 255.  
Of the Preparation of Jupiter Chap. 13. Page 255.  
Of the Preparation of Mars Chap. 14. Page 258.  
Of the Preparation of Venus Chap. 15 Page 258.    


The Fourth Particle.  
Of Medicines Chap. 16. Page 260.  
Of White Medicines for Jupiter, etc. Chap 17. Page 261.  
Of Solar Medicines for Jupiter, etc. Chap. 18. Page 263.  
Of White Medicines for Venus, etc. Chap. 19 Page 264.  
Of Red Medicines for Venus and Mars Chap. 20. Page 265.  
Of a Medicine of the Third Order, for the White Chap. 21. Page 266.  
Of a Solar Medicine of the Third Order Chap. 22. Page 268.  
Of Solutive Waters, and Incerative Oils Chap. 23. Page 269.      

V Of Furnaces, etc. with a Recapitulation of the Author's Experiments.  

The Preface, dividing the Book into Three Parts. Page 271.  


Part 1.  
Of the Calcinatory Furnace Chap. 1. Page 273  
Of the Sublimatory Furnace Chap. 2. Page 274.  
Of the Distillatory Furnace Chap. 3. Page 275.  
Of the Descensory Chap. 4. Page 275.  
Of the Melting Furnace Chap. 5. Page 276.  
Of the Dissolving Furnace Chap. 6. Page 276.  
Of the Fixatory Furnace, or Athanor Chap. 7. Page 277.    


Part. 2.  
OF the Preparation of Middle Mineral Spirits Chap. 8. Page 278.  
Of the Calcination of Jupit. and Saturn Chap. 9 Page 279.  
Of the Calcination of Venus and Mars Chap. 10. Page 280.  
Of the Calcination of Middle Minerals Chap. 11. Page 280.  
Of the Ablutions of Calxes, etc. Chap. 12. Page 281.  
Of the Inceration of Calxes, etc. Chap. 13. Page 281.  
Of the Reduction of Calxes Chap. 14. Page 282.  
Of the Solutions of Bodies prepared, etc. Chap. 15. Page 283.    


Part 3.  
Of the Way of Perfecting, according to the Third Order Chap. 16. Page 286.  
Of the Regimen of Jupiter and Saturn Chap. 17: Page 288.  
Of the Regimen of Venus and Saturn Chap. 18. Page 289.  
Of the Regimen of Mars Chap. 19 Page 290.  
Of the Regimen of Luna Chap. 20. Page 290.  
Of the Regimen of Mercury Chap. 21. Page 291.  
Of the Ferment of Luna for the White Chap. 22. Page 292.  
Of the Ferment of Sol for the Red Chap. 23. Page 293.  
Of Ferment of Ferment upon Mercury Chap. 24. Page 293.  
A Recapitulation of the Experiments of the Author Chap. 25. Page 295.  
Of Mercurial Sports Chap. 26. Page 299.  
Of the Citrination or Colouring of Luna Chap. 27. Page 300.       

GEBER, The most Experienced Arabian Prince and Philosopher, OF THE Investigation or Search OF PERFECTION.  

The PREFACE of the AUTHOR, Showing the Reasons why he writ this BOOK.  
WE with continued and frequent diligence of Labour, and great Study equivalent, not without most profound and serious thoughts, etc. expose publicly to your view, the Investigation of this most noble Science, that the subsequent Volumes may the better and more clearly be understood by you; and that being understood, searched into, and found▪ they may the more easily and readily be brought to effect. And because, to find out the Reason of Art, is another thing, than to attempt and prove the subtleties and intrigues of these things; until by operating, searching, and experiencing, the intended compleatment be attained: therefore, whatsoever we found out by things declared (I mean, of things perfecting Art) we have here written according to the intention of our Mind▪ Yet, let no man think that we composed this Investigation before our Book, which is Entitled, The Sum of the Perfection of the Magistery; in which, whatsoever we saw and handled, we have completely described, according to the Order of Science; with Experience and certain Knowledge, which we acquired by our Scrutiny, exercised about the Effects of Natural and Mineral Things, and the divers Transmutations apparent in the Work. And we have explained our Science before composed, with this Comment of Investigation, which we purposely writ for that end: therefore, by right, this must precede that, seeing by this Book I am to make Enquiry about the Thing Perfecting.   

CHAP. I.  
Of Things Perfecting and Corrupting Metallick Bodies.  
THerefore, seeing this Science treats of the Imperfect Bodies of Minerals, and teacheth how to perfect them; we in the first place consider two Things, viz. Imperfection and Perfection. About these two our Intention is occupied, and of them we purpose to treat. We compose this Book of Things perfecting and corrupting (according as we have found by experience) because Contraries set near each other, are the more manifest.  
The Thing which perfects in Minerals, is the substance of Argentvive and Sulphur proportionably commixed, by long and temperate decoction in the Bowels of clean, inspissate, and fixed Earth (with conservation of its Radical Humidity not corrupting) and brought to a solid fusible Substance, with due Ignition, and rendered Malleable. By the Definition of this Nature perfecting, we may more easily come to the Knowledge of the Thing corrupting. And this is that which is to be understood in a contrary Sense, viz. the pure substance of Sulphur and Argentvive, without due Proportion commixed, or not sufficiently decocted in the Bowels of unclean, not rightly inspissate nor fixed Earth, having a Combustible and Corrupting Humidity, and being of a rare and porous Substance; or having Fusion without due Ignition, or no Fusion, and not sufficiently Malleable.  
The first Definition I find intruded in these two Bodies, viz. in Sol and Luna, according to the Perfection of each: but the second in these four, viz. Tin, Led, Copper and Iron, according to the Imperfection of each. And because these Imperfect Bodies are not reducible to Sanity and Perfection, unless the contrary be operated in them; that is, the Manifest be made Occult, and the Occult be made manifest: which Operation, or Contrariation, is made by Preparation, therefore they must be prepared, Superfluities in them removed, and what is wanting supplied; and so the known Perfection inserted in them. But Perfect Bodies need not this preparation; yet they need such Preparation, as that, by which their Parts may be more Subtiliated, and they reduced from their Corporality to a fixed Spirituality. The intention of which is, of them to make a Spiritual fixed Body, that is, much more attenuated and subtiliated than it was before. Of all these Preparations (according to our Investigation) we shall sufficiently treat in their proper Place in this Book. What shall be (as is hereafter mentioned) sufficiently prepared, will be fit to make the White or great Red Elixir with.   

CHAP. II.  
Of the Stone of Philosophers, that it is one only, for the White, and for the Red, and from what Things it is extracted. And of the Possibility and Way of Perfection.  
WE find Modern Artists to describe to us one only Stone, both for the White and for the Red; which we grant to be true: for in every Elixir, that is prepared, White or Red, there is no other Thing than Argentvive and Sulphur, of which, one cannot act, nor be, without the other: Therefore it is called, by Philosophers, one Stone, although it is extracted from many Bodies or Things. For it would be a foolish and vain thing to think to extract the same from a Thing, in which it is not, as some infatuated Men have conceited; for it never was the Intention of Philosophers: yet they speak many things by similitude. And because all Metallick Bodies are compounded of Argentvive and Sulphur, pure or impure, by accident, and not innate in their first Nature; therefore, by convenient Preparation, 'tis possible to take away such Impurity. For the Expoliation of Accidents is not impossible: therefore, the end of Preparation is, to take away Superfluity, and supply the Deficiency in Perfect Bodies. But Preparation is diversified according to the Diversity of things indigent. For experience hath taught us divers ways of acting, viz. Calcination, Sublimation, Descension, Solution, Distillation, Coagulation, Fixation and Inceration: All which we sufficiently declare in the Sum of the Perfection of the Magistery. For these are Works helpful in Preparation.   

CHAP. III.  
Of Things helping the Preparation, and of their Cleansing.  
THings helping Preparation, are these, viz. all kinds of Salt, Alloms, Atraments; also Glass, Borax, and what are of this Nature, and most sharp Vinegar and Fire.  

Cleansing of Common Salt.  
Common Salt is cleansed thus: First burn it, and cast it combust into hot Water to be dissolved; filter the Solution, which congeal by gentle Fire. Calcine the Congelate for a Day and Night in Moderate Fire, and keep it for use.   

Cleansing of Salt-Alkali.  
Salt-Alkali is so cleansed as Common-Salt, and it is Sagimen Vitri. First it is ground, and then the whole dissolved in Common Water hot: afterward Filtered, Congealed, and Calcined with moderate Fire.   

Cleansing of Salt-Gem.  
First it is ground, and then proceeded with as with Common-Salt.   

Cleansing of Salarmoniac.  
Grind it first with the Preparation of Common-Salt cleansed; then let it be sublimed in an high Body and Head, until it all ascend pure. Afterward dissolved it upon a Porphiry in the open Air, if you would of it make Water; or keep the Sublimate sufficiently pure.   

Cleansing of other Salts.  
There are divers other kinds of Salt found, which are Prepared and Cleansed, as above is said.   

Cleansing of Alloms.  
First of Roch-Allom: Many Things may be Prepared by it, without its Cleansing; yet it may be Cleansed thus: Put it in an Alembeck, and extract its whole Humidity, which is of great avail in this Art. The Feces remaining in the Bottom, may be dissolved upon a Porphiry-Stone, in some Humid Place, or in Water, which may be thence extracted, and so reserved clean.   

Cleansing of Jamenous Allom.  
Jamenous Allom is Prepared as the former: but in this Art it is of greater virtue. There are found yet many other Alloms, all which are Prepared and Cleansed as above is said.   

Cleansing of Atraments.  
First of Black Atrament, which is thus Cleansed: First, It must be dissolved in clean Vinegar, afterward Distilled and Coagulated. Or let it be first Distilled by Alembeck, and all its Humidity extracted. The Feces Calcined in this Distillation, must be resolved upon a Porphiry, or dissolved in their own Water, and then Coagulated. Or that Water (if the Artist so wills) reserved.   

Cleansing of Copperas.  
Copperas or Vitriol, is Cleansed as Black Atrament; yet Black Atrament hath greater Earthiness than the Green. There are divers Atraments, and they are found of divers Colour, which are all Cleansed as the aforesaid.   

Of Glass and Boraces'.  
Glass and Boraces', if made in a due manner, need not Preparation.   

The Cleansing of most sharp Vinegars.  
Vinegars, of what kind soever, acute and harsh, are Cleansed by Subtiliation; and their Virtue, or Effect, is Meliorated by Distillation. Of the Cleansing and Purifying of all the aforesaid, we have now sufficiently spoken: with which the Imperfect Bodies may be Prepared, Purified, Meliorated, and Subtiliated, by Fire always duly Mediating.    

CHAP. IU.  
Of Preparation and Melioration of Bodies in General.  
THEY are Prepared and Depurated by the aforesaid, according to the Intention of Fire in this manner: These imperfect Bodies have superfluous Humidities, and a combustible Sulphureity, with Blackness generated in them, and corrupting them: also they have in them an Unclean, Feculent, Combustible, and very Gross Earthiness, impeding Ingress and Fusion. These, and such as these, are superfluous in the aforesaid Bodies, which are found to be in them, by our Experience, and certain and ingenious Investigation. And because these Superfluities have access to these Bodies accidentally, and not radically; and the Supoliation of Accidentals is possible; therefore it behoves us, with Artificial Fire, by the aforesaid cleansed Things, to remove all Superfluous Accidents, the only Radical Substance of Argentvive and Sulphur remaining.- This is the entire Preparation, and perfect Depuration of Imperfect Bodies. The Melioration, Purification and Subtiliation of these (the pure Substance remaining) are effected many ways, according as the Elixir requires.  
Therefore, the way of Preparing and Purifying in General, is this: First, With Fire proportional, the whole Superfluous and Corrupt Humidity in their Essence must be elevated; also their subtle and burning Superfluity removed: and this by Calcination. Afterward, the whole Corrupt Substance of their Superfluous burning Humidity and Blackness remaining in their Calx, must be corroded with those aforesaid Cleansed, Corrosive, Acute, or Harsh Things, until the Calx be White or Red (or coloured according to the Nature and Property of the Body) and clean and pure from all Superfluity or Corruption. These Calxes must be Cleansed with these Corrosives, by Grinding, Imbibing and Washing. Afterward, the whole unclean Earthiness, and Combustible and Gross Feculency must be taken away, and deposited with the v Cleansed or Pure Things, not having Metallick Fusion; they being commixed, and well ground together with the aforesaid Calx, depurated in the aforesaid manner. For these, in the Fusion or Reduction of the Calx, will retain with themselves the aforesaid Gross and Unclean Earthiness, the Body remaining pure, Cleansed from all Corrupting Superfluity; and this by Descending.  
The way of Meliorating and Subtiliating the pure Substance of these, is in General this: First, this Purged and Reduced Body is again Calcined with Fire; and this by the Mundative helps aforesaid: and then, with such of these as are Solutive it must be dissolved. For this Water is our Stone, and Argentvive of Argentvive, and Sulphur of Sulphur, abstracted from the Spiritual Body, and Subtiliated or Attenuated; which may be Meliorated by comforting the Elemental Virtues in it, with other prepared Things, that are of the kind of its own Kind; and by augmenting the Colour, Fixion, Weight, Purity, Fusion, and all other Things which appertain to a perfect Elixir. And this is the way (by us only found out) of the Preparation, Depuration, Subtiliation and Melioration of Mineral Bodies in General. Now we pass to the Special or Particular Preparation of every Imperfect Body, with all its Methods, as also of the Perfect Mineral Bodies. And first of Jupiter.   

CHAP. V.  
Of the Preparation of Tin in Special.  
JVpiter is manifoldly prepared, yet best in this manner: Put it in an apt Vessel in a Furnace of Calcination, and under it make Fire sufficient for good Fusion of the Body; stirring the Liquefied Body with an Iron Spatula full of holes, and drawing off the Scum that riseth, and again stitring the Body, in that heat of Fire equally enduring, until on the Superficies be gathered together a good quantity of that Scum or Powder; which take off, and again continue stirring until the whole Body be reduced to Powder. This Powder sift, and replace it again in the Furnace, adding Fire, not exceeding the Fire of its Fusion, and stir it often. Keep it in this Fire of Calcination for a day Natural, or thereabouts, until its whole Accidental and Superfluous Humidity be abolished, with its Combustible and Corrupting Sulphur. For the Fire elevates and consumes every Fugitive and inflammable Substance: then often well wash it with the aforesaid, viz. with Common-Salt Cleansed, and Allom, and with Purified and Harsh Vinegar, and dry it at the Sun, or in the Air; and then again Grind, and Wash, and Dry: and do this time after time, until by the acuity of the Salts, Alloms, and Vinegar, its whole Humidity, Blackness, and Uncleanness, shall be consumed, corroded and done away. This being done, add Glass beaten to Powder, to these aforesaid, and when you shall have impasted the whole together, then with sufficient Fire make it flow in a Crucible with an hole in its bottom, set within another, and the pure and clean Body will descend, the whole earthly and feculent Substance remaining above with the Glass, and Salts, or Alloms; for in that Body descended and reduced, is an equal and perfect Proportion of clean Argentvive and white Sulphur not burning; because Fire and the Corrosives have divided the whole Humidity, and fugitive, and inflammable, and corrupting Substance and Blackness; and through that Discensory, by the pasting with Salts, Alloms, and Glass, the whole feculent earthy Substance is separated, the pure Substance with its Proportion remaining.  
Afterward calcine this pure reduced Body again, with pure and clean Salarmoniac, until it be in weight equal, or thereabout. When it shall be well and perfectly calcined, then grind the whole well and long upon a Perphiry-stone, and place it in the open Air, in a cold and humid place; or in Glass Vessels, in a Furnace of Solution, or in Horse-dung, until the whole be dissolved; augmenting the Salt if need be. This Water we ought to honour, for it is what we seek for the White. These may suffice to be spoken of the Preparation of Tin.   

CHAP. VI  
Of the Preparation of Saturn.  
LEad is thus prepared, Set it in a like Furnace of Calcination, stirring it, while in flux, as you did the Tin, until it be converted to a most fine Powder: Sift this, and again set it in the Fire of its Calcination, as aforesaid, until its Fugitive and Inflammable Substance be abolished. Afterwards take out your red Calx, which imbibe and grind often, with Common Salt cleansed, and Atrament purified, and very harsh Vinegar. For the Red you must use these, as you did for the White, with Common Salt, Jamenous Allom, and Vinegar: Also as of Tin is said, your Matter must be often imbibed, dried, and ground, until by benefit of the aforesaid, this said uncleanness be totally removed: then mix Glass with these aforesaid, and as you did with the Tin cause the pure Body to descend, that descending it may be reduced. Again, Calcine it with pure Salarmoniac (as of Jupiter is said) and most subtly grind and dissolve it by the way aforesaid. For that is the Water of Argentvive and Sulphur proportionally made, which we use in Composition of the Red Elixir. These of the the Preparation of Saturn, may suffice.   

CHAP. VII.  
Of the Preparation of Venus.  
Venus' or Copper, is this way prepared: Make a Lay of Common Salt well cleansed in a Crucible, and upon that put a piece of Copper Plate, and over that a Lay of Salt, and then more of the Plate; and so continually, until the Vessel be full: which being covered and firmly luted, place in a Furnace of Calcination, for one day Natural; then take it out and separate and scrape off what shall be Calcined; and again Calcine the Plates with New Salt, as before, repeating the Calcination so often, as until all the Plates shall be consumed, and corroded by the benefit of the Salt and Fire: for the Salt corrodes the superfluous Humidity and Combustible Sulphurcity, and the Fire elevates the Fugitive and Inflammable Substance with due Proportion. Grind this calcined matter to a most subtle Powder, and wash it with Vinegar; until the Water come from is free from Blackness. Another time imbibe it with new Salt and Vinegar, and Grind, and after Contrition (or Grinding) put it in a Calcining Furnace, in an open Vessel, and let it stand there three days Natural; then take it out and Grind it very well and subtly, and well and long wash it with Vinegar, until it shall be cleansed and purged from all Uncleanness. This being done, dry it well in the Sun, then add to it half its weight of Salarmoniac, well and long Grinding, until it be an impulpable Substance. Then expose it to the open Air, or set it in Horse-dung to be dissolved, until whatsoever is there subtle shall be dissolved; anew adding clean Salarmoniac, if need shall be, until the whole be made Water. Honour this Water, which we name the Water of fixed Sulphur, with which the Elixir is tinged to Infinity. These of the Preparation of Venus.   

CHAP. VIII.  
Of the Preparation of Mars.  
Mar or Iron, is best prepared thus: Let it be Calcined as Venus, with Common Salt cleansed, and let it be washed with pure Vinegar; being washed, dry it in the Sun, and when dried, grinned and imbibe it with new Salt and Vinegar, and then put it in the same Furnace, as of Venus is said, for three days. Honour this Solution, viz. The Water of fixed Sulphur, wonderfully augmenting the Colour of the Elixir. These may suffice to be spoken of the Preparation of Imperfect Bodies.   

CHAP. IX.  
Of the Preparation of Sol.  
PErfect Bodies need not Preparation, in relation to their further Perfection, being perfect; but that they may be more subtiliated, and attenuated, we adhibit this Preparation to them:  
℞ Sol or Gold beaten into thin Plates, and with them and Common Salt very well prepared, make Lay upon Lay in a Vessel of Calcination, which set into a Furnace and Calcine well for three days, until the whole be subtly Calcined; then take it out, grind it well, wash it with Vinegar, and dry it in the Sun, afterward grind it well with half its weight of cleansed Salarmoniac; then set it to be dissolved, until the whole (by the benefit of Common Salt and Armoniac) be dissolved into a most clear Water. This is the precious Ferment for the Red Elixir, and the true Body made Spiritual.   

CHAP. X.  
Of the Preparation of Luna.  
LVna or Silver, is subtiliated and attenuated and reduced to Spirituality, in manner as above is said of Sol. Therefore in all and every part of the Work, do the same in its Subtiliation, as you did with the Gold. And this Water of Luna dissolved, is the Ferment for the White Elixir, made Spiritual.   

CHAP. XI.  
Of the Properties of the Greater Elixir.  
WE have now sufficiently determinated the Preparation and Subtiliation of perfect Bodies, that every Discreet Operator may be enabled to attain his Intention. Therefore let him attend to the Properties and Ways of Action of the Composition of the Greater Elixir: For we endeavour to make one Substance, yet compounded and composed of many; so permanently fixed, that being put upon the Fire, the Fire cannot injure; and that it may be mixed with Metals in Flux, and flow with them, and enter with that which in them is of an ingressible Substance, and be permixed with that, which in them is of a permixable Substance; and be consolidated with that, which in them is of a consolidate Substance; and be fixed with that, which in them is of a fixable Substance; and not be burned by those Things which burn not Gold and Silver; and take away Consolidations and Weights with due Ignition.  
Yet you must not think all this can be effected by Preparation at once, in a very short Time, as a few Days and Hours; but in respect of other Modern Physicians, and also in respect of the Operation of Nature, the Verity of the Work is sooner terminated this way. Whence the Philosopher saith, It is a Medicine requiring a long space of time. Wherefore I tell you, you must patiently sustain Labour, because the work will be long; and indeed Festination is from the Devil's part: Therefore let him that hath not Patience desist from the Work, for credulity will hinder him making overmuch haste. And every Natural Action hath its determinate Measure and Time, in which it is terminated, viz. in a greater or lesser space. For this Work Three Things are necessary, namely, Patience, Length of Time, and Aptness of Instruments; of which we speak to the Artificer, in the Sum of the Perfection of our Magistery, in divers Chapters, wherein he may find them, if he be sufficiently skilled in our Works. In which, by manifest and open Proof we conclude, that our Stone is no other than a Foetent (or fruitful) Spirit and Living Water, which we have named Dry Water, by Natural Proportion cleansed, and united with such Union, that they can never be absent each from other. To which two must also be added a third, for abbreviating the Work; that is a perfect Body attenuated.   

The Epilogue and Conclusion of the Work.  
THerefore from the above premised, the Things are manifest in which the Verity of the Work is nigh; and we have considered Things perfecting this Work, by our true Investigation, with certain Experience, whereby we are assured, That all the Words are true, which are now (by us only) written in our Volumes, according as we found by Experiment and Reason, related in the same: But those Things which by our Experience we have operated, seen with our Eyes, and handled with our Hands, We have writ in the Sum of the Perfection of Our Magistery. Therefore, let the Sapient Artificer studiously peruse Our Books, collecting Our dispersed Intention, which We have described in divers places, that We might not expose it to Malignant and Ignorant Men; and let him prove his Collection even unto Knowledge, Studying and Experimenting with the Instance of Ingenious Labour, till he come to an entire Understanding of the whole. Let the Artificer exercise himself, and find out this now (in great Love) proposed Way of Investigation, by Our Consideration; and also acquire a plenary Knowledge of the Verity of the perfecting and corrupting Matter and Form. For We in Our Investigation, have considered the Matter and Form of Perfect Bodies (from the Radix of their Commixtion, unto their Compleatment) to be pure without any supervenient Corruption. We have also, in a contrary Sense, considered the Substance of Bodies imperfect and perfect, to be one every where, Viz. Argentvive and Sulphur; which are pure and clean before their Commixtion: And by this Consideration, through Our own Exercise, We found the Corruption of imperfect Bodies, accidentally to have access; and that this gave a new and corrupted Form: For when We have seen imperfect Bodies by Our Experience and Ingenuity, prepared and cleansed from all superfluous Corruption and Fugitive Uncleanness, deliberate and terrestrial, We found them of greater Clearness and Brightness, or Purity, than Bodies naturally perfect, not prepared. By which Consideration We came to the perfect and complete end of this Science, which We have perfectly described in Our Books. Therefore be Studious in them, and you will find Our whole Science, which We have abbreviated out of the Books of the Ancients.  
The end of this Investigation.    

GEBER, The Famous Arabian Prince and Philosopher, Of the Sum of PERFECTION, OR, OF THE PERFECT MAGISTERY: Two Books.  

The First Book.  

The PREFACE, Touching the Way of Describing this ART, and of those that are fit DISCIPLES.  
OUr whole Science of Chemistry, which, with a divers Compilation, out of the Books of the Ancients, We have abbreviated in our Volumes; We here reduce into one Sum. And what in other Books written by Us is diminished, that We have sufficiently made up, in the Writing of this Our Book, and supplied the Defect of them very briefly. And what was absconded by Us in one Part, that We have made manifest in the same Part, in this our Volume; that the Compleatment of so Excellent and Noble a Part of Philosophy, may be apparent to the Wise.  
Therefore, Most dear Son, know, that in this Work the whole Operation of Our Art is sufficiently contained in General Heads, with an Universal Discourse, without any Diminution. And he, who shall operate according to this Book, he shall (through God) with Joy find, that he is come to the true end of this Art. But you must also know, that he, who in himself knows not Natural Principles, is very remote from our Art; because he hath not a true Root, whereon to found his intention. And he, who knows his Natural Principles, and all Causes of Minerals, yet hath not acquired the true End and Proficiency of this Art; hath a more easy Access to the Principles of this Art, than he who is ignorant in his Intention of the Method of his Work, and is but a little remote from the Entrance of Art. But he who knows the Principles of all Things, and the Causes of Minerals, and the Way of Generation; which consists, according to the Intention of Nature, is indeed but a very little short of the Compleatment of the Work; without which our Science cannot be perfect: because Art cannot imitate Nature in all Works, but imitates her as exactly as it can. Therefore most dear Son, We discover a Secret to you, Viz. That Artificers err in this, namely, That they desire to imitate Nature in all Differences of the Properties of Action. Wherefore labour studiously in Our Volumes, and endeavour to ponder them very often in your Mind, that you may acquire the true Intention of Our Words; because in them you may find whereon to establish your own Mind, and by them know how to escape Errors, and in what you may be able to imitate Nature in the Artifice of your Work.  

The Division of this First Book into Four Parts.  
FIrst, We intent briefly to set down all Impediments by which the Artificer is impeded in his Work, that he cannot reach to the true End: Also, in this Part we will speak of the Conditions of the Operator of this Art.  
Secondly, We will dispute against the Ignorant and Sophisters, who by reason of their own Ignorance and unskilfulness in their Search after the Magistery, and the Proficiency of this Art, damn the Art itself, and contend that it hath no being, or is not. But in this part We set down all their Reasons, and afterward most evidently confute the same; so that it will be sufficiently evident to Wise Men, that their Sophisms are void of Truth.  
Thirdly, We intent to Discourse of Natural Principles, that are according to the Intention of Nature; and in that Part We treat of the Way of Generation and Mixtion of them each with other, in the Work of Nature, and of their Effects, according to the Opinion of Ancient Philosophers.  
Fourthly, We will demonstrate the Principles, which are according to the Intention of this Our Work; in which We are able to imitate Nature, and the way of mixing and altering, congruous to Nature, with its Causes, to be reduced to the Intent of Our Work.    

The First Part of this First Book, treating of the Impediments which hinder the Artists from attaining to the true End of this Art.  

CHAP. I.  
The Division of Impediments.  
THe Impediments incident to this Work, are generally two, viz. Natural Impotency, and Defect of Necessary Expense, or Occupations and Labours. Yet We say, Natural Impotency is Manifold; viz. Partly from the Organs of the Artist, and partly from his Soul. From the Organ of the Artificer, it is also manifold; for either the Organ is weak, or wholly corrupted. And it is manifold from the Impotencies of the Soul; either because the Soul is perverted in the Organ (having nothing of Rectitude, or Reason in itself) as the Soul of a Mad infatuate Man; or because it is Fantastical, unduly susceptive of the Contrary of Forms, and suddenly extensive from one Thing knowable, to its opposite, and from one Will to its opposite likewise.   

CHAP. II.  
Of the Impediments of this Work, from the Part of the Body of the Artificer.  
WE have already generally determined the Impediments of this Work; but now in this Chapter, We speak in a more special manner, and more plainly declare to you all those Impediments most fully, yet with brevity. Therefore We say, if any Man have not his Organs complete, he cannot by himself come to the Compleatment of this Work; no more than if he were Blind or wanted his Limbs; because he is not helped by the Members: by meditation of which, as ministering to Nature, this Art is perfected. And if the Body of the Artificer be weak, sickly, and feverish; or like the Bodies of Leprous persons, whose Members fail; or of Men at the last point of Life, or worn out with decrepit old Age; he cannot attain to the Compleatment of the Art. Therefore the Artist is hindered in his Intention, by these Natural Impotencies of the Body.   

CHAP. III.  
Of the Impediments from the part of the Artists Soul.  
WE premised one Chapter, in which we absolutely and manifestly declared the Impediments depending on the part of the Body of the Artificer: It now remains, that we briefly declare the Impediments from the Part of his Soul, which mostly hinder the compleatment of this Work. Therefore, we say, he that hath not a Natural Ingenuity, and Soul, searching and subtly scrutinizing Natural Principles, the Fundamentals of Nature, and Artifices which can follow Nature, in the properties of her Action, cannot find the true Radix of this most precious Science. As there are many who have a stiff Neck, void of Ingenuity in every perscrutation; and who can scarcely understand Common Speech, and likewise with difficulty learn Works vulgarly Common. Besides these, we also find many who have a Soul easily opinionating every Fantasy; but what they believe they have found true, is all Fantastic, deviating from Reason, full of Error, and remote from Natural Principles: Because their Brain,  with many Fumosities, cannot receive the true Intention of Natural Things. There are also, besides these, others who have a Soul movable, from Opinion to Opinions, and from Will to Wills; as those, who suddenly believe a Thing, and will the same, without any Ground at all of Reason; but a little after that, another Thing: and do likewise believe another, and will another. And these are so changeable, that they can scarcely accomplish the least of that they intent; but rather leave it defective. There are likewise Others, who cannot see any Truth in Natural Things, no more than Beasts; as if they were Witless, Madmen and Children. There are Others also who contemn the Science, and think it not to be; whom in like manner this Science contemns, and repels them from the End of this most precious Work. And there are Some, who are Slaves, loving Money, who do affirm this to be an admirable Science, but are are afraid to interposit the Necessary Charges. Therefore, although they approve it, and according to Reason seek the same, yet to the Experience of the Work they attain not through Covetousness of Money: Therefore, this Our Science comes not to them. For how can he who is ignorant, or negligent in the search of Science, attain easily to it?   

CHAP. IU.  
Of External Impediments hindering the Work of this Art.  
WE have to two Heads reduced all Impediments retarding the End of this Art, which all are from Radical Principles according to the Nature of the Artificer of this most precious Business. Therefore, it concerns Us now at length to declare the Impediments externally supervenient, and happening by Chances and Casualties, by which, this most Glorious Work is hindered. We see some subtle and ingenious Men, skilled in the Works of Nature, and, as far as is possible, followers of her, in her Principles and Works; in whom also is an Investigation not Fantastic, in all Things beneath the Lunar Circle, that are regulated by the Motions and Actions of Nature: Yet these, oppressed with extreme Poverty, and lying under a Dispensation of Indigency, are compelled to postpone or neglect this Excellent Magistery. There are many Others besides the abovesaid Curious Men, detained by the various Cares and Solicitudes of this World, occupying themselves wholly in Secular Business; from whom this our precious Science withdraws herself.  
Now, from the premised Heads, 'tis sufficiently manifest what are the Impediments hindering Men from this Art.   

CHAP. V.  
The Conclusion of this First Part, containing the Qualifications of the Artificer.  
THerefore, from what is abovesaid, we conclude, that the Artificer of this Work ought to be well skilled, and perfect in the Sciences of Natural Philosophy: because, how much Money soever he hath, and although he be endowed with a naturally profound Wit and Desire in this Artifice, yet he cannot attain his End, unless he hath by Learning acquired Natural Philosophy. For the defect of that which is not acquired by Natural Ingenuity, must be supplied by Learning. Therefore the Artificer must be helped by most deep Search, and Natural Industry. For, by reason of his Learning only, how much soever of Science he hath acquired, unless he be also helped by Natural Industry, he will not be invited to so precious a Banquet. By his Industry, he must amend his Error in the point, to which he will be ignorant how to apply a Remedy, if he rely only upon his Learning: so likewise, he may remedy his Error in the Point, from his Knowledge acquired by Natural Learning, which by Industry only he cannot avoid; because Art is helped by Ingenuity, and Ingenuity by Art likewise.  
Also it is necessary for him to be of a constant Will in his Work, that he may not presume to attempt this now, and that another time: because our Art consists not, nor is perfected in a Multitude of Things. For there is one Stone, one Medicine, in which the Magistery consists, to which we add not any extraneous Thing, nor remove we ought; except that in Preparation we take away Superfluities.  
Also he must be diligent in the Work, persisting to the final Consummation thereof, that he leave not off obruptly; because he can acquire neither Knowledge nor Profit from a diminished Work; but shall rather reap Desperation and Damage. It is also expedient he should know the Principles and Principal Radixes of this Art, which are essential to the Work: because, he that is ignorant of the Beginnings, cannot find the End. And we show you all those Principles in a Discourse complete, and sufficiently clear and manifest to wise Men, according to the exigency of this our Art. It is likewise expedient, the Artist should be temperate and slow to Anger, lest he suddenly (through the force of Rage) spoil and destroy his Works begun.  
Likewise also, he must keep his Money, and not presumptuously distribute it vainly, lest he happen not to find the Art, and be left in Misery, and in the Desperation of Poverty; or at least, when (by his Diligent Endeavour) he is come near to the End of his Magistery, his Money being all spent, he be forced to leave the End (miserable Man as he is) uncompleted. For they, who in the Beginning prodigally waste their whole Treasure, when they draw nigh to the End, have not wherewith to Labour. Whence such Men are twofoldly overwhelmed with Grief; viz. because they spent their Money in Things unprofitable, and because they lose the most noble Science which they were in quest of. For you need not to consume your Goods, seeing you may come to the compleatment of the Magistery for a small price▪ if you be not ignorant of the Principles of Art, and rightly understand what we have declared to you. Therefore, if you waste your Money, not minding our Admonitions, plain and manifest, written in this Little Book; inveigh not against Us; but impute what you suffer to your own Ignorance and Presumption. For this Science agrees not well with a Man poor and indigent, but is rather inimical and adverse to him.  
Nor should the Artist endeavour to find the Sophistical end of his Work, but be intent on the true Compleatment only; because our Art is reserved in the Divine Will of God, and is given to, or withheld from, whom he will; who is Glorious, Sublime, and full of all Justice and Goodness. And perhaps, for the punishment of your Sophistical Work, he denies you the Art, and lamentably thrusts you into the By-Path of Error, and from your Error into perpetual Infelicity and Misery: because he is most miserable and unhappy, to whom (after the End of his Work and Labour) GOD denies the sight of Truth. For such a Man is constituted in perpetual Labour, beset with all Misfortune and Infelicity, loseth the Consolation, Joy, and Delight of his whole Time, and consumes his Life in Grief without Profit. Likewise, the Artist, when he shall be in his Work, should study to impress in his Mind, all Signs that appear in every Decoction, and to search out their Causes.  
These are the Things necessary for an Artificer fit for our Art; but if any of these We have declared be wanting in him, he should not approach to our Art.    

The Second Part of this First Book: in which are related the Reasons of Men denying this Art, which are afterward confuted.  
A General Division of the Following.  
HAving already in one Sum of this little Book comprised all the Impediments of this Work, and given you a Doctrine sufficient for the Adherency of this Art: it is now expedient, according to the Intention of our Purpose, to dispute against Sophisters and Ignorant Men. First▪ setting down their Reasons, according as we promised We would do from the Beginning. Lastly, We enervate all those Reasons so, as it shall be evident to the Wise, that they contain Nothing of Truth in them.  

CHAP. I.  
The true Reasons of Men simply denying this Art.  
THere are divers who deny and annihilate this Art. Some simply, others only supposing it to be. For Some, simply affirming this Art not to be, Sophistically strengthen their Argument, thus: They say, there are distinct Species and Diversities of Things, because the Proportions, in Commixtion of Elements each with other, are divers and distinct. For an Ass▪ is divers in Species from a Man; because, in his Composition, he had a more divers Proportion of Elements. So also it is in all other Diversities of Things, therefore in Minerals. Wherefore the Proportion of Things Mixable (by which is acquired the Form and Perfection of the Thing) being unknown, how can we know both the Mixture, and to form what is to be mixed? But we are ignorant of the true Proportion of the Elements of the Sol and Luna, therefore we must be ignorant how to form them.  
In like manner, they also otherwise argue, condemning our Magistery. For say they, although you should know the Proportion of Elements, yet the way of mixing them together you know not; because Nature Procreates these in Caverns, in Mines, and in hidden Places; therefore, seeing you know not the Way (or Method) of their Mixtion, you are also ignorant how to make them. In like fort, again they argue: Although you should duly know this, yet in the Action of Mixtion you understand not how to equalise the Agent Heat, by mediation of which the Thing is so perfected. For Nature hath a certain Quantity of Heat, by which she brings Metals to a Being, the measure of which you know not. Even so also you know not the Differences of the Agent Causes of Nature; without which, Nature cannot truly perfect her Intent. Therefore, these being unknown, the whole Method of performing this Art, will be unknown likewise.  
Further, they bring you Reason and Experience: This Science (say they) hath been so long sought by wise Men, that if it were possible to attain to it any way, they would a thousand times, before now, have been Masters of it. Likewise also, seeing Philosophers seem to treat of it in their Volumes, yet in them we find no Truth: 'tis manifest and probable enough by this, that this Science is not. So likewise, many Princes and Kings of this World, having infinite Treasure, and abundance of Philosophers, have desired to attain to this Science, yet could never reach to the Fruit of this most precious Art. This is a sufficient Argument, that the Art is frivolous in its probation. Likewise, even in weak Mixtions of Species, we cannot follow Nature. For we know not how to form an Ass, and other like Things, the Mixtions of which are weak, and manifest (as it were) to the Senses. Wherefore also, We must needs be much more ignorant, how to form the Mixtion of Metals, which is most strong; and which is also wholly hid from our Senses and Experiences. The Sign of which is the difficulty of Resolutions of Elements from them.  
So also, We see no Ox transformed into a Goat, nor any one Species transmuted into another, or by any other Artifice so reduced. Therefore, seeing Metals differ in themselves, can you transform one into another, according to its Species, or of such a Species make such a Species? This seems to us sufficiently absurd, and remote from the Verity of Natural Principles. For, Nature perfects Metals in a thousand Years; but how can you, in your Artifice of Transmutation, live a thousand years, seeing you are scarely able to extend your Life to an Hundred? Yet, if to this, it be thus answered, What Nature cannot perfect in a very long space of time, that we complete in a short space by our Artifice: For Art can in many Things supply the Defect of Nature. We say again, That this also is impossible, especially in Metals; seeing they are most subtle Fumes which need temperate Decoction, that the proper Humidity in them may, according to Equality, be Inspissate (or Thickened) and not fly from them, and leave those Bodies deprived of all Humidity, by which they receive Contusion, or Compression and Extension. Therefore, if you will by your Artifice abbreviate the Time of Decoction of Nature, in Minerals and Metallick Bodies, you must needs do this by Excess of Heat; which which will not adequate, but rather dissipate and destroy the Humidity, dissolving it from their Bodies. For Temperate Heat only is Spissative of Humidity, and Perfective of Mixtion, not Heat exceeding.  
So likewise, the Being and Perfection are given from the Stars, as the first Perficients, moving the Nature of Generation and Corruption, to the Being and not Being of Species. But this is done suddenly, and in an instant, when one or more Stars, by their Motions, come to a determinate Site in the Firmament, by which the Being of Perfection is given: for every One thing acquires to itself a Being, in a moment, from a certain Site of the Stars. And there is not only one Site, but many, and divers each from other, as the Effects of them are divers. And We cannot know the Diversity and Distinction of these each from other; because to Us they are unknown and infinite. How then will you supply the Defect in your Work, being ignorant of the Diversity of Sites of the Stars, according to the Motion of them? And admit you did know the certain Site of one or more Stars, by which Perfection is given to Metals, yet you could not perfect your Work according to your Intent. For there is no Preparation of any Work, for receiving Form by Artifice, in an instant, but successive. Therefore Form cannot be given to the Work, the Preparation being not made in an Instant.  
Likewise also, in Things Natural, this is the Order, viz. that it is easier to destroy them than make them. But we can scarcely destroy Gold, how then can We presume to Fabricate the same?  
Therefore, by reason of these Sophistical Reasons, and others less apparent than these, they conceit they can destroy this Divine Art. All these are the Persuasions of Sophisters, simply denying the Art to be. But the Reasons of those who deny Art from Supposition, I will set down in the Subsequent, together with the Refutations of them. Yet hence We pass to the Refutation of the Reasons here Posited: first premising our true Intention, in order to the Compleatment of the Work.   

CHAP. II.  
That it is not possible, nor aught to be supposed, that Art can imitate Nature in all Differences of Properties of Action. And certain Instructions touching the Principles of Metals.  
THerefore We say, the Principles, about which Nature employs her Actions, are of a most hard and most strong Composition: and they are Sulphur and Argentvive, as some Philosophers say. Wherefore, being of a most hard and most strong Composition, they are also of most difficult Resolution; but this is, that Inspissation (or Thickening) and Induration (or Hardening) of them each with other, may be in such wise made, that they may suffer Contusion and Extension, by Malleable Compulsion, and not be broken. By this, no other thing is meant, than that in Commixtion of them each with other, their Viscous Humidity is preserved by Successive Decoction in the Mine. Therefore most Dear Son, We give you this General Rule, viz. that Inspissation of any Humidity cannot be made, unless first, with the Humidity be made an Exaltation of the Parts most subtle; and also with the same Humidity, Conservation of the Parts more Gross (if the Humid in Commixtion exceed the Dry) and a true Mixtion of the Dry and Humid; that the Humidity may be contempered by the Dryness, and the Dryness by the Humidity, and both become one Substance, Homogeneal in its Parts, temperate between hard and soft, and extensive in Contusion. But this is not done, unless by Diuturnal Mixtion of the viscous Humidity, and subtle Earthiness, through their least parts, until the Humid become the same with the Dry, and the Dry with the Humid. And the Resolution of such a subtle Vapour is not suddenly made, but very leisurely, and in thousands of Years; and that therefore, because it is the uniform Substance of the Principles of Nature. For if Resolution of the superfluous Humidity from them, should suddenly be made (seeing the Humid differs not from the Dry, by reason of the strong Mixtion, which they have) the Humidity of the Mixtion would be resolved with the Dryness, and so the whole vanish into Fume; nor could the Humidity be separated from the Dryness in Resolution, by reason of the strong Union which they have each with other.  
Of this We see a manifest Experiment in Sublimation of Spirits; for when in them is made a sudden Resolution by Sublimation, the Humid is not separated from the Dry, nor the Dry from the Humid, being divided into all the Parts of their Mixtion; but their whole Substance ascends, or little of the Mixture is dissolved. Therefore the successive diuturnal and equal Resolution of the subtle fumous Humidity, is the Cause of the Inspissation of Metals. But this Inspissation We cannot also make after this manner; therefore in this We cannot follow Nature, for We cannot imitate Nature in all Differences of Properties of Action. Wherefore Our Intention is not to follow Nature in the Principles, nor in the Proportion of mixable Elements, nor in the manner of mixing them each with other; nor in the equation of inspissating (or thickening) Heat: all these Things being to Us impossible and wholly unknown. Therefore it now remains, that We set about refuting the  Reasons of Sophisters, through Ignorance denying this most excellent Science.   

CHAP. III.  
A Confutation of the Reasons of Men simply denying Art.  
If they say We know not the Proportion of Elements, and way of Mixing of them each with other, also the Equation of Heat inspissating Metals; and many other Causes and consequent Accidents of the Actions of Nature: We grant the same. Yet by reason of this they do not enervate Our Divine Science, because they are Things We are neither willing nor able to know, any more than they can reach to Our Work. But We assume to Ourselves another Principle, and another Method of Generation of Metals, in which We are able to follow Nature.  
If they say Philosophers and Princes of this World, have desired this Science and could not find it, We answer, They lie. For some Princes (though few) and especially the Ancient and Wise Men found in Our Time, have (as is manifest) by their Industry, found out this Science; but would never by Word or Writing discover the same to such Men, because they are unworthy of it. Therefore They not seeing any to possess this Science, conceive an Error in their Minds, and thence judge that none have found it.  
Further, if they fantastically argue, affirming our Impotency, that we cannot imitate Nature even in weak Mixtions, as in the Mixtion of an Ass or Ox; therefore not in the strong: We answer, detecting their manifold Error, that there is no necessity, from their Way of arguing, for Us to grant that our Art is not; because they strengthen their Error and Fantasy, from a Like, or from a Greater to a Less, in which is not contained Necessity, but Contingency; as in many things. This also we show, by another way, demonstrating, that they assign no apparent Similitude between a weak Comixtion of Animals, and the firm and strong Composition of Minerals. For in Animals, and other Living Things, in which the Composition is weak, there is not a perficient Proportion, nor Miscibles of Proportion, nor Qualities of Miscibles, nor a Commixtion, which follows from the Action and Passion of those Things each with other, which is▪ from the Aggregation of those first Qualities; but there is (according to the Opinion of Many) a Soul, which is from the Occult Recesses of Nature, as from a Quintessence, or from the first Mover. And of this also we speak, according to the Opinion of many, and know not the Secret thereof. Therefore, we cannot perform such Things as these, although in them is a weak Mixtion; because we know not how to infuse the Perfective, which is the Soul. Yet hence it follows, that the Defect in us, that we cannot compound or make an Ox, or a Goat, is not from the Part of the Mixtion, but through defect of Infusion of the Soul: because, as we know how to make a weak and more weak Composition, so we also know how to make the strong and more strong; imitating the Way and Course of Nature according to our Artifice. In Metals is lesser Perfection than in Animals; and the Perfection of them consists more in Proportion and Composition, than in any thing else. Therefore, seeing in them is less Perfection, than in the other now mentioned; we can the more freely perfect these, but the other not so. For the most High and Glorious GOD hath distinguished Perfections each from other, in many Forms. And those Things, in which the Composition (which is according to Nature) was weak, are by GOD endued with greater and more noble Perfection, viz. that, which is according to the Soul: and other things, by him made, of a more firm and more strong Composition, as Stones and Minerals, are endued with a lesser and more ignoble Perfection, viz. that which is from the Way of Mixtion. Therefore, hence 'tis evident, that the Similitude of these Men is not good: for we are not ignorant how to form an Ox, or a Goat, in respect of the Composition, but of the Perfective Form. Because Perfection in an Ox, or in a Goat, is more noble and more occult, than the Perfection consisting in a Metal.  
But if they otherwise argue, That Species is not changed into Species; we again say, They lie, as they are more accustomed, than to speak truly of these Things: for Species is changed into Species, in this manner, viz. when the Individual of one Species is changed into the Individual of another. We see a Worm, both naturally, and by natural Artifice, to be turned into a Fly, which differs from it in Species; and a Calf strangled, to be turned into Bees; Wheat into Darnel; and a Dog strangled, into Worms; by the putrefaction of Ebullition. Yet we do not this, but Nature, to whom we administer, doth the same. Likewise also, we altar not Metals, but Nature; for whom,  to Art, we prepare that Matter: for she by herself acts, not we; yet we are her Administrators.  
And if they by another Reason thus argue, and strengthen their own Sophisticate Opinion, saying: Nature perfects Metals in thousands of years, but you cannot extend your Life so long. We say, that Nature acting on her own Principles (according to the Opinion of Philosophers) perfects them in Thousands of Years; but because We cannot follow those Principles, therefore, whether Nature perfects these in a Thousand Years, or in more or fewer, or in a moment, their Persuasion determines not. That We cannot imitate Nature in her Principles, We have already in the precedent Negative Discourse sufficiently abbreviated, declared, and in a more complete Speech, in the Subsequent will demonstrate: Yet according to the Opinion of some Wise and Discerning Men, Nature suddenly perfects her intended Work; viz. in one Day, or in a shorter Time. Although this should be true, yet We cannot imitate Nature in the Principles, as We have sufficiently proved, as a Thing most manifest. Therefore the remainder of this Argument We confess, gra●ting the whole to be certainly true.  
And if they say from the Site of one or more Stars, Perfection is given to Metals, which Site We know not. To this We answer, We have no necessity to know this Site, because it is not a Species of Things Generable and Corruptible, but from the Individuals of it is made Generation and Corruption of something, every day; whence it is evident that the Site of Stars is every day the Perfective and Corruptive of one or other Species of Individuals. Therefore it is not necessary to expect the Site of Stars, yet it would be profitable; but it is sufficient for Nature only to dispose; for she herself being Wise, disposeth her Work by the convenient Sites of movable Bodies: Yea, Nature cannot perform her own Motion without the Motion and Site of Things movable. Therefore if you dispose the Artifice of Nature, and consider whatsoever shall fall in from the Contingents of this Magistery, the Work will be duly perfected by Nature, under a due Site convenient for it, without any previous Consideration thereof. For when We see a Worm deduced to a Being from a Dog, or other putrefiable Animal, We do not immediately consider the Site of the Stars, but the Dispositions of the surrounding Air, and other Causes (besides that) perfective of Putrefaction. From such a Consideration We sufficiently know, Worms to be produced into a Being, according to Nature; for Nature finds out a Site convenient for herself, although unknown by Us.  
Also, If they say Perfection is given in an Instant, and Our Preparation is not made in an Instant: And hence conclude, That Our Magistery cannot be completed by Artifice; therefore the Art is not: We say their Heads are fatuate and void of Humane Reason, and they themselves more like to Beasts than Men; for they conclude from Premises, having no Affinity with that which is related.  
Therefore this way of arguing (An Ass runs, ergo, Thou art a Goat) signifies as much as theirs. And that for this Reason, Although Preparation be not made in an Instant, yet that hinders not, but that the Form or Perfection may be given in an Instant to the Matter prepared; for Preparation is not Perfection, but a disposing to receive the Form.  
Moreover, If they say that it is easier to destroy Natural Things than to make them by Artifice, and that we can scarcely destroy Gold, and thence conclude it to be impossible to make the same. We answer, That so saying they conclude not of a necessity, by which We are compelled to grant Gold cannot be made: For seeing it is difficultly destroyed, and more difficultly made; but is not impossible that it may be made (of which difficulty We assign this Reason, viz. Because it hath a strong Composition, it must needs have a more difficult Resolution, and therefore is difficultly destroyed;) yet hence they think the Construction or Making of it impossible, because they know not its Artificial Destruction, according to the Course of Nature. Perhaps they have by Trial proved it to be of a strong Composition, but of how strong a Composition have not tried. Thus most dear Son, We have presented to you, and refuted, the Fantasies of Sophisters.  
Therefore now 'tis expedient We should, according to Our Promise, pass to those Things that are to be determined, touching the Reasons of Men denying the Art, from Things given, or on Supposition. Which being duly examined, We shall then come to determine those Things, which are Principles of the Intention of Nature; the Essence of which We shall more sufficiently discourse of in the following: But after that Determination, We shall also speak of those Things that are the Principles of Our Magistery. Yet in treating of the First, We make an universal, but in the following a singular Discourse of every one of the Principles. But now for the present We first betake Our Selves to the Reasons of Men denying the Art, from Things given; and their Refutations.   

CHAP. IU.  
Divers Opinions of those who suppose the Art to be.  
WE find very many Men with a divers Intention, supposing this Art. Some indeed affirm that this Art and Magistery is to be found in Spirits, but others in Bodies; some in Salts, Allomes, Nitres, and Boraces', but others in all Vegetable Things. And among all the aforesaid, some partly well and partly ill, others altogether evil, judging of this Divine Magistery, commit that their Judgement to Posterity. Yet from the multiplicities of their Errors, We have gathered the Truth, and this hath happened to Us, with difficult and laborious conjectural Wariness, and long and tedious Experience, with the Interposition of great Charges; for their Error hath very often disturbed the Disposition of Our Mind and Reason, and almost inferred Desperation. Be they therefore blasphemed to Eternity, because they have left to their Posterity Blasphemies and a Curse, and by their Error brought the same on Men Philosophising. For they left not behind them after their Death, Verity, but a Diabolick Instigation rather; and I shall be accursed if I Correct not the Errors of those Men, and teach the Truth in this Science, which this True Art rather requires: For this Magistery needs not a Speech occult, nor wholly manifest. Therefore We shall treat of it in such Words as may not be hid from the Wise, but to Men of mean Capacity it Will be most profound, and Fools shall be absolutely debarred from Entrance therein. Which We intent here in one and the same Discourse.  
But returning to Our Purpose, We say, That those who posite this Art in Spirits are manifoldly divers. Some affirm, That the Stone of Philosophers must necessarily be made of Argentvive; others of Sulphur and of Arsenic in affinity to it, others of Marchasite; some of Tutia and Magnesia, and not a few of Salarmoniac. And of those who say it is in Bodies, some will have it in Lead, others in every of the other Bodies: so likewise some in Glass, some in Gems; others in the Diversities of Salts, Allomes, Nitres, and Boraces'; and some in every kind of Vegetables: And every one of these Supposers is adverse to the other, according to his Supposition: and being adverse to these, he believes himself to be simply adverse to the Art. And for the most part We find either of these Sects void of Reason.   

CHAP. V.  
Of the Reasons of Men denying the Art supposed in Sulphur.  
Some supposing to find this Art in Sulphur, employ their whole Labour in Sulphur, and being ignorant of the Perfection of the Preparation, they leave the Preparation itself uncompleat; for they conceit that Cleansing and Purifying only will be a Preparation of Perfection. But this is done by Sublimation, therefore brought to their Intention, as they think; because they judge that Sublimation only in Sulphur is the Perfection of its Preparation; and likewise in its Compeer, viz. Arsenic, they are induced to the like Judgement. Therefore coming to Projection, which is with Intention of Alteration, they see that to be burned and vanish, and not long to abide in Bodies, and those Bodies to be left more unclean than they were before Projection of their Matter upon them. Now seeing this Delusion in the Compleatment of their Work, and that in a long time, whereas before they concluded in their Minds; that this Science was to be found in Sulphur only; but now having not therein found it, they argue it is impossible to find it in an other Thing; wherefore, being not found in this or that, they conclude 'tis no no where to be found.  

The Confutation of the precedent Reasons.  
TO these We briefly answer and say, that in this they understand little, and are less Wise; because they suppose Sulphur only to be the Matter of Our Stone. If this their Supposition were true, yet in the way of Preparation they are deceived; because they conceit Sublimation only to be sufficient: For they are like to a Child, who from his first Nativity, unto Old Age, is shut up within an House, not thinking the Latitude of the World to be extended beyond the Latitude of his House, or beyond what he can with his Eyes see in the House. So they, having not employed their Labour in many Stones, could not discern from which Our Medicine should be extracted, and from which not; from which also abstaining, they might spare an abundant Labour of their Hands. Therefore, what Labour would be perfective, or not perfective, they are deservedly ignorant. But why was their Work defective? We say, because they left the burning Property and Flight in the Sulphur; both which do not only not perfect, but also dissipate and destroy.    

CHAP. VI  
Of the Reasons of Men denying the Art supposed in Arsenic, and their Refutation.  
BUt others judging this Stone must necessarily be found in the same, and in its Compeer, Arsenic, and more profoundly intent on the Consummation of the Work, do not only by a Sublimation cleanse the burning Sulphureity, but also endeavour to remove the Terrestreity, leaving the Flight (or Volatility) in it. These in like manner, coming to Projection, find a Delusion in it; because their Medicine adheres not stably in those very Bodies, but successively, and by little and little vanisheth, leaving such a Body in its former Condition. Hence these also, condemning Art, argue like the former; and to them We answer, as We did to the First, affirming the Art, and that We know it to be, because We have seen and touched the Verity thereof.   

CHAP. VII.  
The Reasons of Men denying Art supposed in Sulphur, Argentvive, Tutia, Magnesia, Marchasite, and Salarmoniac, with their Re efutation.  
OTher some more profoundly see into the Work, and cleanse their Subjects, taking away both Flight and Adustion; and they make it fixed and earthy, having no good Fusion in Heat of Fire, but a vitrificatory Fusion only; whence, in Projection it cannot mix with Bodies. Therefore they also argue, as the first, and to these We answer, as to the first: Because they left their Work imperfect, not knowing how to complete it. For the Ingress, which is the ultimate Perfective, they knew not how to search out.  
In all other Spirits likewise, is the same way of Preparation, except that in Argentvive and Tutia's, We are excused from greater Labour, than Remotion of their Adustion; for these have not an adustible and inflammable Sulphureity, but only Volatility. But Magnesia's, and Marchasites, have every kind of Sulphureity (Marchasite more, and Magnesia less) yet all have Flight or Volatility, Argentvive more, and Salarmoniac less; but Sulphur yet less than its Compeer: and fourthly, Marchasite less than it; fifthly, Magnesia less than that: and lastly, Tutia lest of all. But either of these partaking more or less of Volatility, some Experimentators, by reason of this Flight, have been vehemently deceived in the Operations of their Preparations, and in their Projections likewise. Therefore these also argue and condemn the Art, as others, supposing it in Sulphur; and to these We answer, as to those supposing it in Sulphur.   

CHAP. VIII.  
The Reasons of Men denying the Art supposed in Spirits, to be fixed together with Bodies; and their Refutation.  
THere are Others also endeavouring to fix Spirits in Bodies, without any other precedent Preparation: but Delusion perplexing them, hath on them likewise brought Sadness and Desperation; and they are compelled thence to believe, that this Science is not; and consequently to argue against it. For it is a Cause of Disturbance and Incredulity in them, that in the Fusion of Bodies, they lose their Spirits, which cannot adhere to the same Bodies, but fly from the Asperity of the Fire, the Bodies only remaining therein: because they cannot bear the Pressure of the Fire's Violence, by reason of Volatility, which is not removed from them. Likewise, Delusion sometimes happens, because with those Spirits, Bodies do also fly away; and this is, when the not-fixed Spirits inseparably adhere to Bodies in their Profundity: because the Sum of the Volatile overcomes the Sum of the Fixed. Whence also they likewise, as the first, argue, and we to them likewise, as to the first, answer. Therefore this turns wholly to their Reproach.  
Sons of Learning, if you would convert Bodies, than (We say) if it be possible to effect this by any Matter, it must necessarily be done by Spirits; but it is not possible that these Spirits not fixed should profitably adhere to Bodies; for they fly away, and leave them unclean. Nor can these Spirits, being fixed, possibly have Ingress, when they are made Earth, which flows not. And when such Spirits included in Bodies appear fixed, yet they are not; but either recede from them, they remaining, or both take their flight together. Therefore, seeing in a Matter more nigh, it is by no means possible to find out this Art, in a Matter more remote it cannot be found. Ergo, say they, 'tis no no where found. To these our Answer is this, Whatsoever is knowable in this Art they do not throughly know, therefore do they not throughly find out what is, or may be operated with it. Therefore, the following Deficiency of their Work is the effect of their own Rashness.   

CHAP. IX.  
The Reasons of Men denying the Art supposed in Bodies, and first in White Lead, that is, Tin or Jupiter, and their Confutation.  
SOme posite the Art in Bodies, but when they come to the Work itself, they are deluded; judging either Lead, viz. the Livid and White (not pure in Whiteness) to be much assimilated and approximate to the Nature of Sol and Luna; the Livid is indeed much approximate to Sol, but to Luna little; and the White much to Luna, but little to Sol. Therefore some of these Men conceiting Tin or Jupiter to be much like to Luna or Silver (differing only in the harsh sound, softness, and very swift Liquefaction) believing it easily melted, by reason of the superfluity of its Humidity; and soft, by reason of the Fugitive Substance of Argentvive in it, residing in the Parts possessing that harsh Sound; they Calcine the same, keeping it in such a Fire as it can bear, until it be White in its Calx, which they afterward attempting to reduce, could not; therefore judged it impossible to be effected: And some of these could reduce somewhat from it, and found the same harsh sound, softness, and easy Liquefaction in that, as before. Therefore they believed this impossible by this way, and so were induced to Incredulity; thinking the Art of hardening it, not possible to be found out. But some of these Calcined Tin, and reduced it; and again, removing the Scoria thereof, with greater force of Fire calcined and reduced it; and so by often reiterating that Work, they found their Tin hardened, and without that harsh sound: But because they had not wholly taken away the swiftness of its Liquefaction, their Mind erred, and they judged it a thing not possible to attain to that. Wherefore of these, others also, willing to procure hardness to it, and a Retardation of Liquefaction, with the Administration of hard Bodies, have fallen into a Delusion, and believed, that it would break whatsoever hard Bodies was mixed with it; and that in this Work no Preparation could help them. Therefore when they could neither prepare it with hard Bodies, nor with Fire; they excused themselves for being so long delayed in finding out the Art; because they believed it impossible: and earnestly arguing against the Art, positively affirmed it not to be. Besides these, some others adding many Medicaments, saw them making no Mutation nor agreeing with their Tin, but rather corrupting the same, and acting contrary to their Purpose; therefore they cast away their Books, retorted their Heads, and affirmed this True and Divine Art to be frivolous. Therefore these Men We answer, with Our first answer.   

CHAP. X.  
The Reasons of Men denying the Art supposed in Black Lead or Saturn.  
THe same Delusion they also find in Black Lead, or Saturn; except only that it breaks not Bodies, and is sooner reduced to a Calx than Jupiter. Yet its Livid Colour they cannot remove, because they are ignorant of that; therefore they cannot whiten, with good Dealbation; nor could they ever, by their fantasy, so stably associate it with stably Bodies, but that it would by strong Expression of Fire, recede from the Commixtion. And indeed Lead doth exceedingly deceive them (supposing in the Preparation thereof much is sited, and that this Science can be found in none, but it) because, after two Reductions from its Calx, it receives no further Hardening, but rather greater Softness, than it had at first; and in other Differences likewise, they see it not amended. Therefore when they, thinking in it to find what is more nigh and better, find it not; they are compelled to believe and argue that the Science is no other, than a Delusion; and therefore they offend, as the former.   

CHAP. II.  
The Reasons of Men denying the Art supposed in the Mixtion of Hard Bodies with Hard, and of Soft with Soft.  
BUt others compound hard Bodies with hard, and soft with soft, by reason of Conveniency, would have Bodies to be transmuted each into other, and to transmute; and that they could not attain to by reason of their Ignorance. For they, permixing Sol, or Luna, with Venus, or with any other of the Metals, could not transmute them into Gold or Silver, with firm Transmutation; but they found every one of them, by the strong Expression of Fire, separated from the Commixtion, and burnt, or reduced to its former Nature. Yet some of these Bodies dure in the Commixtion, others not; as is by us sufficiently known. Therefore, these Delusions, supervenient through Ignorance, make such Men to despair of the Art, and argue it is not in being.   

CHAP. XII.  
The Reasons of Men denying the Art supposed, in the Mixtion of Hard Bodies with Soft, and of Perfect Bodies with the Imperfect.  
OThers, more intimately and profoundly searching, have thought and been persuaded, they could find out a way of causing Hard Bodies united with Soft, firmly to endure, and Imperfect Bodies united with the Perfect, to be reduced to Perfection; and that generally they would be transmuted each into other, and transmute with firm transmutation. Therefore they would find out the Affinity and Similitude of them, both by Medicines, and by the Administration of Fire, attenuating the Gross; as Venus and Mars, and inspissating the Subtle; as is Jupiter, and its like. And some of them, believing they could complete this Administration, were deluded in the Commixtion of these Hard Bodies, with the Soft, either because the one made the other altogether frangible; or else the Soft was not at all altered by the Hard, or the Hard in no wise altered, by the Soft. Thus they, not finding out the Conveniency, did therefore deny the Art to be.   

CHAP. XIII.  
The Reasons of Men denying the Art supposed, in Extraction of the Soul, or in the Regiment of Fire.  
BUT Others, yet more intimately and more profoundly inspecting, would alter Bodies with Extraction of their Soul, and with the Extracted Soul all other things likewise. Yet the Experience of those Men could not reach to that, but they were deluded in their Intention; and accordingly judged the Art not possible to be found out. And Others, endeavouring to perfect Bodies by Fire only, were deluded in their Opinion; because they knew not how to attain to that. And these accordingly think the Art not to be. All which we answer, as the first.   

CHAP. XIV.  
The Reasons of Men denying the Art supposed, in Glass and Gems, and their Refutation.  
THEY who posite this Art in Glass and Gems, have found, that Alteration cannot be made in Bodies, by Gems and Glass; because, what hath not Ingress, altars not. But indeed, neither Glass nor Gems have Ingress, therefore altar not. And when they endeavoured to unite the Glass with them (which is difficult to be done) they miss of their Purpose; because they made their Bodies also Glass: and by reason of this, they concluded this Error to fall upon the whole Art, and so argue that it is not. To whom we answer, they operated not in due Matter; therefore unduly determining, they cannot but condemn this Art according to their own Errors.   

CHAP. XV.  
The Reasons of Men denying the Art supposed in Middle Minerals, or Vegetables, or in the Commixtion of any other Things.  
THere are Others, supposing the Art to be found in Salts and Alloms, Nitres and Boraces'; who may indeed in these make Trial, but (as we judge) not find it in them. Therefore, although they should, by their Experience, find some small Utility of Transmutation, viz. by Dissolving, Coagulating, and Coacting; yet that doth not enervate this Divine Art, which is both necessary and known. Nevertheless, it is possible, that in all these Things they may find some Alteration; but that is very remote, and exceeding Laborious; and in all other Growing Things, it is proved to be more Laborious to such Supposers.  
Therefore they, who possessed this Art in all Vegetables, do indeed determine what is possible, but not to them; who shall first fail in their Labour, before the Work laboured can possibly be perfected. Wherefore, if such Men find not the Art by their Labours, it must not be argued, that the Art cannot by any Labours be found out. All the  Erroneous Persons determined one Matter of theirs to be the only Matter, and supposed there was no other Matter besides that; and these now do indeed condemn all the other.  
But there are many Others, and those almost infinite, who ignorantly, and without knowledge, make a Composition of all, or of some of these Things, in a divers Proportion; and their Error is extended even to Infinity, according to the Infinite Diversity of the Proportion of things mixable, and the Infinite Diversity of miscible Matters. And in both these Infinities they infinitely err; sometimes through Superaboundance, and sometimes through Diminution: yet in these, Correction is possible. And we, without prolixity, or tediousness of Words, resolve to insist upon these Infinities, where we briefly treat of the Universal Science, by which they will be able evidently to amend the Infinity of their Errors, and correct them. But at this time, we must first discuss Natural Principles according to their Causes (as we told you before) and by a Commemoration of them.    

The third Part of this First Book; Of Natural Principles, and their Effect.  

CHAP. I.  
Of the Natural Principles of Metalick Bodies, according to the Opinion of the Ancients.  
WE now signify to you, that (according to the Opinion of the Ancients, who were of our Sect, studious of Art) Natural Principles in the Work of Nature are, a Fetent Spirit, and Living Water, which is also named Dry Water. These We grant, and thus define the Fetent Spirit. It is white in Occulto, and Red and Black of either side, in the Magistery of this Work; but, in Manifesto, of either side, tending to Redness. Therefore, in a brief, and also a simply complete, and sufficient Speech, We declare the Generation, and way of Generation of each of these. Yet We must so far enlarge and dilate our Discourse, as to deliver a peculiar Chapter of each singular Natural Principle. In general We now say, that every one of these is of a most strong Composition, and uniform Substance; and that, because the Earthy parts in them, are through their least particles united with the Airy, Watery, and Fiery; so that in Resolution no one of them can be separated, but each with all and every one is dissolved, by reason of the strong Union, which they have each with other, in their least particles; and that leisurely, in the Mineral Bowels of the Earth, by Heat condensed, multiplied, and (according to the due Course of Nature) equalised to the Exigency of their Essence, according to the Opinion of certain Ancient Philosophers.   

CHAP. II.  
Of the Natural Principles of Metals, according to the Opinion of Modern Philosophers, and of the Author.  
BUt others say otherwise, That Argentvive in its Nature was not the Principle, but altered, and converted into its Earth, and Sulphur likewise altered and changed into Earth. Whence they say, that in the Intention of Nature, the Principle was other, than a foetent Spirit, and fugitive Spirit. And the Reason, that moved them hereunto, was this, viz. because, in the Silver Mines, or in the Mines of other Metals, they found not any thing that is Argentvive in its Nature, or any thing that is Sulphur likewise; but they found each of them separated in its proper Mine, in its own Nature. And they also affirm this for another Reason, viz. because there is no transition (as they say) from Contrary to Contrary, unless by a Middle Disposition. Therefore, seeing it so is, they are compelled to confess and believe that there is no Transition (or Passing) from the Softness of Argentvive, to the hardness of any Metal, unless by a Disposition, which is between the Hardness and Softness of them. But in the Mines they find not any thing, in which this Middle Disposition may be salved; therefore they are compelled hence to believe, that Argentvive and Sulphur, in their Nature, are not the Principles according to the Intention of Nature: but another Thing, which follows from the Alteration of their Essences, in the Root of Nature, into an Earthy Substance. And this is the Way, by which each of them is turned into an Earthy Nature; and from these two Earthy Natures, a most thin Fume is resolved, by Heat multiplied in the Bowels of the Earth; and this Duplicate Fume is the immediate Matter of Metals.  
This Fume, when it shall be Decocted by the temperate Heat of the Mine, is converted into the Nature of a certain Earth; therefore it receives a certain Fixation, which afterward the Water (flowing through the Bowels of the Minera, and Spongiosity of the Earth) dissolves, and is uniformly united to it, with a natural and firm Union. Therefore, so opining, they thus said, That the Water flowing through the Passages of the Earth, finds a Substance dissolvible from the Substance of the Earth in the Bowels thereof, and dissolves the same, and is uniformly with it united, until the Substance also of the Earth in the Mines is dissolved, and the flowing dissolving Water and it become one with Natural Union. And to such a Mixtion come all the Elements, according to a due natural Proportion, and are mixed through their least Parts, until they make an Uniform Mixtion. And this Mixtion, by successive Decoction in the Mine, is thickened, hardened, and made a Metal. And indeed, these Men, although they be nigh the Truth, yet they do not conjecture the very Truth.   

CHAP. III.  
The Division of what are to be spoken, touching the Three Principles, viz. Sulphur, Arsenic, and Argentvive.  
NOW, having finished our Universal Discourse of the Natural Principles of Metals; it remains, that we here give a peculiar Chapter to each one of the Principles. Therefore, seeing they are Three, viz. Sulphur, Arsenic, and Argentvive; the first shall be of Sulphur, the second of Arsenic, and the third of Argentvive. Afterward, of every of the Metals, which are the Effects of these Principles, we give a peculiar Chapter, according to what it is from the Work of Nature. This being done, we, descending to those Things which are the Fundamentals of this Magistery, and to their Operations, will assign the Causes of all these.   

CHAP. IU.  
Of Sulphur.  
THerefore we say, that Sulphur is a fatness of the Earth, by temperate Decoction in the Mine of the Earth thickened, until it be hardened and made dry; and when it is hardened, it is called Sulphur. Indeed Sulphur hath an Homogeneal and most strong Composition, and is of an uniform Substance in its natural parts, because it is Homogeneal. Therefore, its Oil is not taken from it, as from other things having Oil by Distillation. Wherefore they, who strive to calcine it, not losing any thing of the Substance of that with which it should be cured, do labour in vain; because it cannot be calcined, unless by great Industry, and with loss of much of the Substance thereof. For of an hundred Parts, you shall scarcely reserve three to yourself after Calcination. Likewise, it cannot be fixed, unless it be first calcined; yet it may be mixed, and its flight in some measure retarded, and its Adustion repressed; and being commixed, may more easily be calcined. Therefore, he who endeavours to extract our Work from it, by preparing it by itself, he shall not obtain his end; because it must be perfected with Mixtion, and without that the Magistery would be prolonged even to Desperation. Yet with its Compeer a Tincture is made, and it gives complete Weight to every of the Metals, and cleanseth and illustrates them: and it is perfected with our Magistery, without which it performs none of these things, but rather corrupts and blackens. Therefore use it not without this Magistery.  
Also, he who in Preparation knows how to commix, and unite it amicably with Bodies, knows one of the Greatest Secrets of Nature, and one way of Perfection: for there are many Ways to one Effect, and one Intent. And whatsoever Body is calcined with it, undoubtedly receives weight; yea, Copper from it assumes the Effigies of Sol. Also Mercury is associated with it, and by Sublimation becomes Vsifar (or Cinnabar.) Lastly, All Bodies, except Sol and Jupiter, are easily calcined with it; but Sol most difficultly. And Argentvive is not coagulated with it into Gold or Silver (in which is profit) by a mean Artifice, as some fatuate Philosophers have thought. And further we say, that whatsoever Bodies have less Humidity, they are more easily calcined by Sulphur, than those which have much. Through the most High GOD, it illuminates every Body; because it is Light, Allom, and Tincture. Also, it is most difficultly dissolved, because it hath not salsuginous, but oleginous Parts, which are not easily dissolved into Water. But what are easily, or difficultly dissolved into Water, we shall plainly enough demonstrate in the Chapter of Solution. It is indeed sublimed, because it is Spirit. And if it be mixed with Venus, and united to it, it becomes a wonderful Violet Colour. With Mercury also it may be mixed, and of them is made by Decoction a Celestial and delightful Colour: Yet, let no Man think that Sulphur can by itself complete the Work of Alchemy. For it would be no less than Vanity to think this, as we shall very sufficiently prove in the following. But let the Gross and Lucid be chosen. These may suffice to be spoken of Sulphur.   

CHAP. V.  
Of Arsenic.  
IT now remains that we at present speak of Arsenic. We say it is of a subtle Matter, and like to Sulphur; therefore it needs not be otherwise defined than Sulphur. But it is diversified from Sulphur in this, viz. because it is easily a Tincture of Whiteness, but of Redness most difficultly: and Sulphur, of Whiteness most difficultly: but of Redness easily. Of Sulphur and Arsenic there is a twofold Kind, viz. Citrine and Red, which are profitable to this Art; but the many other Kind's not so. Arsenic is fixed as Sulphur; but the Sublimation of either is best from the Calx of Metals. Yet Sulphur and Arsenic are not the perfective Matter of this Work: for they are not complete to Perfection; yet they may be an help to Perfection in the Case. But the Lucid and Scaly, and Scissile must be taken.   

CHAP. VI  
Of Argentvive, or Mercury.  
ARgentvive, which also is called Mercury by the Ancients, is a viscous Water in the Bowels of the Earth, by most temperate Heat united, in a total Union through its least parts, with the substance of white subtle Earth, until the Humid be contempered by the Dry, and the Dry by the Humid, equally. Therefore it easily runs upon a plain Superficies, by reason of its Watery Humidity; but it adheres not, although it hath a viscous Humidity, by reason of the Dryness of that which contemperates it, and permits it not to adhere. It is also (as some say) the Matter of Metals with Sulphur. And it easily adheres to three Minerals, viz. to Saturn, and Jupiter, and Sol, but to Luna more difficultly. To Venus' more difficultly than to Luna; but to Mars in no wise, unless by Artifice. Therefore hence you may collect a very great Secret. For it is amicable, and pleasing to Metals, and the Medium of conjoining Tinctures; and nothing is submerged in Argentvive, unless it be Sol. Yet Jupiter and Saturn, Luna and Venus, are dissolved by it, and mixed; and without it, none of the Metals can be gilded. It is fixed, and it is a Tincture of Redness of most exuberant Refection, and fulgid Splendour; and than it recedes not from the Commixtion, until it is in its own Nature. Yet it is not our Medicine in its Nature; but it can sometimes likewise help in the Case.   

CHAP. VII.  
Of the Effects of the Principles of Nature, which are Metallick Bodies.  
WE now speak of Metallick Bodies, which are the Effects of these Principles of Nature. These are Six in number, viz. Gold, Silver, Led, Tin, Copper, and Iron. Therefore we say, a Metal is a Mineral fu●●ble Body, extensible with all Dimensions under the Hammer. But a Metal is (as we said) of a dense Substance, and of most strong and firm Composition. And Metals have great affinity each with other, yet the perfect perfects not the diminished, by its Commixtion. For if Gold be mixed in fusion with Lead, this Lead becomes not Gold, but vanisheth from the Mixtion, and is burnt; the Gold in the mean while stands the Trial. So likewise, in instancing the other, it falls according to the Common Course. But, according to our Magistery, the Perfect helps the Imperfect; and the Imperfect, in our Magistery, by itself is Perfected, without the Administration of any Extraneous Thing. And through GOD, they altar each other, and are altered; and they perfect each other, and are perfected: and one only by itself is perfected without the help of another.   

CHAP. VIII.  
Of Sol, or Gold.  
WE have already given you, in a General Chapter. the Sum of the Intention of Metals; and here we now intent to make a special Declaration of each one. And first of Gold. We say, Gold is a Metallick Body, Citrine, ponderous, mute, fulgid, equally digested in the Bowels of the Earth, and very long washed with Mineral Water; under the Hammer extensible, fusible, and sustaining the Trial of the Cupel, and Cement. According to this Definition, you may conclude, that nothing is true Gold, unless it hath all the Causes and Differences of the Definition of Gold. Yet, whatsoever Metal is radically Citrine, and brings to Equality, and cleanseth, it makes Gold of every kind of Metals. Therefore, we consider by the Work of Nature, and discern, that Copper may be changed into Gold by Artifice. For we see in Copper Mines, a certain Water which flows out, and carries with it thin Scales of Copper, which (by a continual and long continued Course) it washeth and cleanseth. But after such Water ceaseth to flow, we find these thin Scales with the dry Sand, in three years' time to be digested with the Heat of the Sun; and among these Scales the purest Gold is found. Therefore, We judge, those Scales were cleansed by the benefit of the Water, but were equally digested by heat of the Sun, in the Dryness of the Sand, and so brought to Equality. Wherefore, imitating Nature, as far as we can, we likewise alter; yet in this we cannot follow Nature.  
Also Gold is of Metals the most precious, and it is the Tincture of Redness; because it ringeth and transforms every Body. It is calcined and dissolved without profit, and is a Medicine rejoicing, and conserving the Body in Youth. It is most easily broken with Mercury, and by the Odour of Lead. There is not any Body that in act more agrees with it in Substance than Jupiter and Luna: but in Weight, Deafness, and Putrescibility, Saturn, in Colour Venus; in Potency indeed Venus is more next Luna than Jupiter, and then Saturn: but lastly Mars. And this one of the Secrets of Nature. Likewise Spirits are commixed with it, and by it fixed, but not without very great Ingenuity, which comes not to an Artificer of a stiff neck.   

CHAP. IX.  
Of Luna, or Silver.  
HAving premised the Chapter of Sol, We come now to speak of Luna, by a common name called Silver. Therefore, We say, Silver is a Metallick Body, White with pure Whiteness, Clean, Hard, Sounding, very durable in the Cupel, extensible under the Hammer, and fusible. And it is the Tincture of Whiteness, and hardens Tin by Artifice, and converts it to itself; and it is mixed with Sol, and breaks not; but in the Examination it perseveres not without Artifice. He who knows how more to subtiliate it, and after subtiliation, to inspissate and fix it associated with Gold; it remains with it in the Test, and will in no wise forsake it. Being put over the fume of acute Things, as of Vinegar, Salarmoniac, etc. it will be of a wonderful Celestine Colour. And it is a noble Body, but wants of the Nobility of Gold; and its Minera is found determinate: but it often hath a Minera confused with other Bodies, and that Silver is not so noble. It is likewise dissolved, and calcined with great Labour, and no Profit.   

CHAP. X.  
Of Saturn, or Led.  
OF Led we likewise treat, and say, Lead is a Metallick Body, livid, earthy, ponderous, mute, partaking of a little Whiteness, with much paleness, refusing the Cineritium and Cement, easily in all its dimensions with small Compression extensible, and readily fusible, without Ignition. Yet some foolish Men conceit, and say, that Led in its own Nature is much approximated to Gold. But because they are stiffnecked, and void of all Reason, they cannot conceive of the Truth of Things most subtle, as it is in itself, but judge of them according to Sense. And because they see it ponderous, and mute, and not to putrify they believe it to be much nigh in Property to Sol; but this is wholly erroneous, as by the following shall be by us manifestly proved at large. Also Lead hath much of an Earthy Substance, therefore it is washed, and by a Lavament turned into Tin. Hence it is manifest that Tin is more assimilated to the Perfect. Lead is in like manner burnt, and made Minium; and it is put over the Vapours of Vinegar, and made Ceruse. And although it is not much approximate to Perfection, yet of it, by our Artifice, we easily make Silver; and it keeps not its proper weight in Transmutation, but is changed into a new weight: All this it acquires in our Magistery. Led also is the Trial of Silver in the Cupel, the Causes of which We give.   

CHAP. XI.  
Of Jupiter, or Tin.  
THerefore, not omitting to discourse of Jupiter, We signify to the Sons of Learning, that Tin is a Metallick Body, white, not pure, livid, and sounding little, partaking of little Earthiness; possessing in its Root Harshness, Softness, and swiftness of Liquefaction, without Ignition, and not abiding the Cupel, or Cement, but Extensible under the Hammer. Therefore, Jupiter, among Bodies diminished from Perfection, is in the Radix of its Nature of Affinity to the more Perfect, viz. to Sol and Luna; more to Luna, but less to Sol, as shall be clearly declared in the following. Jupiter, because it receives much Whiteness from the Radix of its Generation, therefore it whitens all Bodies not White; yet its vice is, that it breaks every Body, but Saturn, and most pure Sol. And Jupiter adheres much to Sol and Luna, and therefore doth not easily recede from them, by Examen (or Trial of Cupel.) In the Magistery of this Art, it receives a Tincture of Redness, and that shines in it with inestimable Brightness. It is hardened and cleansed more easily than Saturn. And he who knows how to take away its Vice of breaking, will suddenly reap the fruit of his Labour with joy. For it agrees with Sol and Luna, and will never be separated from them.   

CHAP. XII.  
Of Venus, or Copper.  
OUR intended Discourse now is of Venus, or Copper. It is a Metallick Body, livid, partaking of a dusky Redness ignible (or sustaining Ignition) fusible, extensible under the Hammer, but refusing the Cupel, and Cement. Therefore Venus (as is declared) in the profundity of its Substance, pretends to the Colour and Essence of Gold, and it is hammered being heat red hot, as Silver and Gold is. Therefore, hence you may learn a Secret: for it is the Medium of Sol and Luna, and easily comes to convert its Nature to either; and it is of good Conversion, and of little Labour. It agrees very well with Tutia, which citrinizeth (or Colours) it with good Yellowness; and hence you may reap profit. For we are excused by it, from the Labour of Induration (or Hardening) and Ignition of it. Therefore take it, before all other Imperfect Bodies, in the Lesser and Middle Work, but not in the Greater. Yet this hath a Vice beyond Jupiter, viz. that it easily waxeth Livid, and receives Infection from sharp and acute things; and to eradicate that, is not an easy, but a profound Art.   

CHAP. XIII.  
Of Mars, or Iron.  
BUT the Declaration of Mars, and the whole Secret thereof, is from the Work of Nature; because it is a Metallick Body, very livid, a little red, partaking of Whiteness, not pure, sustaining Ignition, fusible with no right fusion, under the Hammer extensible, and sounding much. But Mars is hard to be handled, by reason of the Impotency of its fusion, which if it be made to flow by a Medicine changing its Nature, is conjoined to Sol and Luna, and not separated by Examen, without great Industry: but if prepared, it is conjoined, and not separated by any Artifice, if the Nature of that Fixation be not changed by it, the Uncleanness only of the Mars being removed. Therefore it is a Tincture of Redness easily, but difficultly of Whiteness. And when it is conjoined, it is not altered, nor doth it change the Colour of the Commixtion, but augments it in Quantity.  
Therefore, among all Bodies, Jupiter is more splendidly and more clearly, more brightly and more perfectly transformed into a Solar, or Lunar Body. But the Work of it is of long Labour, though easy to be handled. Next to Jupiter is Venus chosen, of more difficult handling, but of shorter Labour than Jupiter. Next after Venus, Saturn hath a diminished Perfection in Transmutation, is easy to be handled, but of most tedious labour. Yet Mars, among all the Bodies, is of least Perfection in Transmutation, to be handled most difficult, and of exceeding long Labour. Therefore, whatsoever, Bodies are more remote from swiftness of Liquefaction, they are found of more difficult handling in the Work of Transmutation. Of this kind are Venus and Mars; but what more, more; and what are most remote, most. Also those Bodies which partake of greater Lividness and Infection of the Earth, are likewise found to be of greater Labour, and less Perfection.  
But whatsoever Diversities of Perfections were a little before determined by Us, are found in the Artifice of the Lesser, or Middle Work; yet in the Greater Work all Bodies are of one Perfection, but not all of one handling or labour. It remains yet to be known, what Facility and Difficulty of handling, and what Brevity and Length of Labour, are found radically in the Nature of Bodies. Therefore have We here in a true Discourse described the Natural Principles of those Bodies, which are according to the Intention of Nature; and have likewise in several Chapters truly expounded what We determined of those Bodies; and that, according to the Opinion of those Men, who could discern the Occult Things of Nature; and according to our own Judgement also, who attained to the Knowledge thereof by incessant Labour. But now, according as We promised, it is expedient to supply the defect of this Art in setting down all the Principles of this Magistery, in the last Part of this our First Book; and to demonstrate the Perfection we have seen, with its Causes, according to the Exigency thereof.    

The Fourth Part of this First Book, touching the Artificial Principles of this Art.  

CHAP. I.  
The Division of Things to be spoken of in this Part, with an Insinuation of Perfection to be treated of in the Second Book.  
THere are two Things that are to be determined, viz. the Principles of this Magistery, and the Perfection of the same. The Principles of this Art are the Ways or Methods of its Operations, to which the Artist applies himself in the Work of this Magistery. These Ways are indeed divers in themselves. For one Way is Sublimation, and Descension another; and Distillation is also one Way, Calcination another, Solution another, and Coagulation another: but the seventh Way is Fixation, and the eighth Ceration. Of all which We purpose to give singular Declarations.  
Perfection consists of those Things, and from the Considerations of those by which it is attained; and from the Consideration of things helping; and from the Consideration of that thing which lastly perfects; and that by which it is known, whether the Magistery was in Perfection or not. The Consideration of those Things, by which We come to the Comple●tment of the Work, is the Consideration of the Substance manifest, and of manifest Colours, and of the Weight in every of those Bodies to be changed, and of those Bodies that are not changed from the Radix of their Nature, without that Artifice; and the Consideration of those likewise, in the Radix of their Nature, with the Artifice; and the Consideration of the Principles of Bodies, according to their Profound, Occult, and Manifest; and according to their Nature without Artifice, and likewise with Artifice. For, if Bodies, and their Principles, be not known in the Profound and Manifest of their Nature, with Artifice, and without, what is superfluous, and what is diminished in them cannot be known; and our not knowing these would of necessity hinder us from ever attaining to the Perfection of their Transmutation.  
The Consideration of Things helping Perfection, is the Consideration of the Natures of those Things, which we see adhere to Bodies without Artifice, and to make mutation. And these are Marchasite, Magnesia, Tutia, Antimony, and Lapis Lazuli (or the Lazure Stone.) And the Consideration of those, which without adherency cleanse Bodies, and they are Salt, and Alloms, Nitres and Boraces', and which are of their Nature: and the Consideration of Vitrification, cleansing by a like Nature.  
But the Consideration of the Thing that perfects, is the Consideration of Choosing the pure Substance of Argentvive; and it is the Matter, which from the Matter of that took beginning, and of that was created. This Matter is not Argentvive in its Nature, nor in its whole Substance, but it is part of it: nor is it now, but when the Stone is made. For that illustrates and conserveses from Adustion, which is a signification of Perfection.  
Lastly, The Consideration of the Thing, by which it is known, whether the Magistery be in Perfection, or not; in the Consideration of the Cupel, Cement, Ignition, of exposing it upon the Vapours of acute Things, Extinction, Commixtion of Sulphur burning Bodies, of Reduction after Calcination, and Susception of Argentvive. All which, with the former, we shall here following declare, with their Causes, and with easy Experiences; by which you may manifestly know, that our Discourses have not erred. And these Experiments will be well known to you.   

CHAP. II.  
Of Sublimation, why invented.  
THerefore, prosecuting our purpose, We speak of Sublimation. The Cause of the Invention of which, was, because our Ancestors could not, nor can We, nor shall they who come after Us, find any thing that can be united with Bodies, but Spirits only; or any Thing, that can contain in itself the Nature of Body and Spirit; and We see these, cast upon Bodies (without Mundation, or cleansing of them) either not to give perfect Colours, or totally to corrupt, burn, blacken, and defile. And this, according to the Diversity of the same Spirits. For some are burning, as Sulphur and Arsenic, and Marchasite; and these indeed totally corrupt. Others burn not, as every kind of Tutia; yet these give imperfect Colours, and that they do for a twofold Cause. One is, because the adustive unctuosity of Sulphur (of the property of which it is) which is easily inflamed, and by Inflammation blackened, and consequently blackens, is not removed or taken away from them. But the other 'Cause is Earthiness, which likewise is not separated from them. For in these, in which a perfect Colour is not given, Earthiness is a Cause making it livid. Also Adustion may create a livid Colour.  
Therefore, We were constrained to cleanse these from their burning unctuosity, and from the Earthy Superfluity, which they all have. And this We could effect by no Magistery, but by Sublimation only. For, when the Fire elevates, it always elevates the more subtle parts; therefore it stirs not the more Gross. Hence it is manifest, that Spirits are cleansed from their Earthiness by Sublimation; which Terrestriety impeded Ingress, and also gave an impure Colour. But being sublimed, as Experience makes sufficiently manifest to your Sight, they are freed from that Impurity. For you see them more splendid, and more pervious, and more easily to enter and penetrate the Density of Bodies, and not to impress a foul Colour, as before. Also that Adustion may be taken away by Sublimation, is manifest by Experiment: for Arsenic, which before its Sublimation was evil, and prone to Adustion, after its Sublimation suffers not itself to be inflamed, but only recedes without Inflammation; and the same you may find in Sulphur, if you will make Trial. And because, in no other Things, than in Spirits, We saw Adherency to Bodies with Alteration, We could have no other Cause to be excused from them, but were necessarily constrained to prepare the same, for their purification, which is made by Sublimation. Therefore there was a necessary Cause of the Invention of this Sublimation; the whole Order of which We purpose to declare without Diminution.   

CHAP. III.  
What Sublimation is, and of the Degrees of Fire in it to be observed.  
Wherefore We say, Sublimation is the Elevation of a dry Thing by Fire, with adherency to its Vessel. But Sublimation is diversely made, according to the Diversity of Spirits to be sublimed. For the Sublimation of some is made with strong Ignition, of others with moderate, and of some with a remiss heat of Fire. Therefore, when Arsenic or Sulphur are to be sublimed, their Sublimation must necessarily be made by remiss Fire: because they having their most subtle parts uniformly conjoined with the Gross, their whole Substance would ascend without any Purification; yea, blackened and combust. Therefore, that the Artificer may separate the unclean Earthy Substance, he hath a necessity to find out the Dispositions of two Kind's, viz. the Proportion of the Fire, and Mundification with commixtion of the Feces: because Commixtion with the Feces, comprehends the Gross Parts, and holds them depressed in the bottom of the Sublimatory, not suffering them to ascend.  
Whence also it is necessary, that the Artificer should apply to his Sublimation a threefold Degree of Fire: One proportionate in such wise, that by it may ascend only▪ the Altered, and more Clean, and more Lucid; until by this he manifestly see, that they are cleansed from their Earthy Feculency. The other Degree is, that what is of the pure Essence of them remaining in the Feces, may be sublimed with greater force of Fire, viz. with Ignition of the Bottom of the Vessel, and of the Feces therein, which may be seen with the Eye. The third Degree of Fire is, that unto the Sublimate without the Feces, a most weak Fire be administered, so that scarcely any thing of it may ascend, but that only which is the most subtle part thereof, and which in our Work is of no value; because it is a thing, by Mediation of which, Adustion is made in Sulphurs.  
Therefore, the whole Intention of Sublimation is, that the Earthiness of the Sublimate being removed by a due administration of Fire, and likewise the most subtle and fumous part of it, which brings Adustion, with Corruption, being cast away, to Us may be left that Part, which consists in Equality, which makes simple fusion upon the Fire, and without any Adustion flying from the Fire, without Inflammation thereof. That what is most subtle is Adustive, is proved by most evident Arguments. For Fire converts to its own Nature, every of those things, which is of affinity to it; because it is of affinity to every adustible Thing, and to the subtle adustible, it is of greater affinity; and yet more of affinity to what is more subtle: therefore also most of affinity to what is most subtle. Likewise, the same is proved by Experience, because Sulphur or Arsenic not sublimed, is most swiftly inflamed; but of the two, Sulphur more easily. Yet either, being sublimed, is not directly inflamed, but flies away, and is extenuated without inflammation; yet with a precedent Fusion. By these therefore it is manifest that our Discourse is most true.   

CHAP. IU.  
Of the Feces of Metallick Bodies, to Be added to Spirits in their Sublimation; and of the Quantity and Quality of them.  
BUT the Probation of the Administration of Feces, with their Proportion, is, that such Matter be chosen, with which the Spirits to be sublimed may best agree, and wherewith they may the more profoundly be mixed: because that Matter, with which they are more united, is more potent in Retension of the Feces of Spirits to be sublimed, than that, with which they are not so united. The Probation of this, is rational enough, and manifest. But the Probation, that the Addition of Feces is necessary, is, because Sulphur, or Arsenic to be sublimed, if they be not conjoined with the Feces of some fixed Thing, would necessarily ascend with their whole Substance, not cleansed. And they, who are exercised in Sublimation, do by Experience know, We say true. Also the Probation, that the Administration of such Feces is necessary (with which Things to be sublimed may agree, and be united intimately) is, because, if the Feces be not permitted with them through their least parts, than the same happens, as if they had not Feces, viz. their whole Essence ascends without any Cleansing, as they ascend with their whole Substance, without Feces: therefore the same must likewise happen, in things sublimed from Feces, with which they are not united.  
He that hath seen and known this, knows it to be true by Experience; because, when he sublimed from a Thing extraneous to the Nature of Bodies, he sublimed in vain; so that he found them in no wise purified after their Ascension. But when he sublimed with the Calx of any Body, than he sublimed well, and could with facility perfectly cleanse. Therefore, the Intention of Feces is, that they be administered of the Calxes of Metals: for in them the Work of Sublimation, is easy, but in other Things most difficult. Therefore, there is not any thing, that may be substituted in their stead. Yet we say not, that Sublimation is impossible without the Calxes of Bodies; but that it is most difficult, and of long tedious Labour, and delay even to Desperation. Nevertheless, in this there is some benefit; because, what is sublimed without Feces, or without the Calxes of Bodies, is of greater Quantity, but with Feces of lesser. And further, what is calcined with the Calxes of Bodies, is of least Quantity, but of easiest and most speedy Labour. But that which much excuseth Us from using the Feces of Bodies, is every kind of Salt prepared, and of things like to it in Nature. And to Us it is also possible to make Sublimation with them of a great Quantity; because Separation of things to be sublimed, from the Feces, is easily made by Solution of the Salts; which happens not in other Things.  
But the Proportion of Feces is, that it be equal to the Quantity of Things to be sublimed. For in this, even a rude Artificer cannot err. But an Artist of mean skill may put of Feces half the weight of Things to be sublimed, and that will be sufficient for him, if careful, not to err in his Work: because to him that is well exercised and expert, the least part of Feces is sufficient. For the less the Quantity of Feces is, of so much the more and greater Exuberation, the Sublimate must needs be; provided, that according to the Substraction of Feces, a Substraction of Fire proportional thereunto be made. Because in a small Quantity a small Fire serves for Perfection, in a great, a great; and in a greater Quantity, a greater Fire is required.   

CHAP. V.  
Of Governing the Fire in Sublimation.  
BUT because Fire is not a Thing which can be measured, therefore it happens, that Error is often committed in it, when the Operator is not well skilled; as well by reason of the Diversity of Furnaces, and of Woods to be burned, as of Vessels, and the Coaptation (or well joining) of them: about all which, 'tis expedient the Artist should be intently solicitous. Wherefore we give you a Common Rule: First, it is expedient to remove, from things to be sublimed, the Wateriness only, with a very small Fire; which being removed, if any thing ascend by it, then in the beginning this Fire must not be augmented, that the most subtle part may (by this most weak Fire) be separated, and put aside, which is the Cause of Adustion. But when little or nothing shall ascend (which you may prove by putting a little Cotton-weik into the hole on the top of the Alembeck) augment the Fire under it: and of how great vigour your Fire should be, the Cotton-weik will show. For if little of the Sublimate come forth with it, or it be clean; it argues your fire is small, therefore must be increased: but if much and unclean, than it is too great, and must be made less. Therefore, when you find the Sublimate to come forth with the Weik clean, and much, the Proportion of your Fire is then found. And whether your Sublimate arise clean, or unclean, is known by the aforesaid Sign. For according to the Quantity of Cleanness, or Uncleanness of the Sublimate, which the Artist shall discern to adhere to his Cotton, he may conclude of the necessary proportion of his Fire in the whole Sublimation. And by this means he will find out the Rectification of the Fire, without any Fallacy.  
Yet the way of Feces is better, viz. to taste Scales of Iron, or Copper calcined. And these indeed, by reason of the Privation of evil Humidity, do easily imbibe Sulphur, or Arsenic, and unite them with themselves. But the Method of this, the well experienced only know.   

CHAP. VI  
Of Errors about the Quantity of Feces, and the Disposition of the Furnace in subliming Sulphur and Arsenic, also of building the Furnace, and of choosing Woods.  
THerefore it is expedient We should rectify the Judgement of the Artificer in all Things, wherein he may happen to Err through Ignorance, in Sublimation of these two Spirits. In order to which, We first say, that if he put in many Feces, and doth not proportionally augment the Fire, nothing of the Matter to be sublimed will ascend. But how he should know that, is already sufficiently declared. And if he put in a small Quantity of Feces, or none of the Calx of Bodies, than (if he find not his Proportion of Fire) what is sublimed will ascend with its whole Substance. Of knowing this likewise I shown a sufficient way.  
So in like manner, by reason of the Furnace he may happen to Err. For a great Furnace gives a great Heat of Fire, and a small Furnace small; if the Woods for Fuel, and Ventholes for Air, be also proportionate. Therefore if he put a great Quantity of Matter to be sublimed in a small Furnace, he shall not be able to give sufficient Fire of Elevation: and if a small Quantity in a great Furnace, he will exterminate the Sublimation by excess of Heat. So likewise, a thick Furnace gives a condensate and strong Fire; but a thin Furnace, a rare and weak Fire: in both which he may likewise Err. So also, a Furnace with large Ventholes, gives both a clear and strong Fire; but with narrow and small Ventholes, a weak Fire. So if the distance of space, between the Furnace and Vessel set in, be large, the Furnace than gives a great Fire; but if small, a less. In all which the Artist may exceedingly Err.  
Therefore, the Rectification of these Errors is, that the Artist build his Furnace, according to the Intention of such a Fire, as he should have, Viz. Thick, with free Ventholes, and with a good distance of the Vessel from the sides of the Furnace, if he intent to have a great Fire: but if a mean Fire, in all these Things he must find a mean Proportion; and if a weak Fire, the same Proportion in them. All these Proportions, We will teach you to find, with the true Preparation, and determinate Experience. Therefore, if you would elevate a great Quantity of Matter to be Sublimed; first be provided with a Sublimatory of such a Capacity, that it may contain your Matter to be elevated the height of one hands breadth above the Bottom. To this, fit your Furnace so, as the Aludel (or Sublimatory) may be received into it, with the distance of two Fingers round about the Walls, or sides of the Furnace; which being made, to it also make ten Ventholes in one Proportion, equally distant, that there may be one Equality of Fire to all Parts thereof. Then set a Bar of Iron into the Furnace transverse, and fastened at each end to the sides of the Furnace; which Bar must be distant from the Bottom of the Furnace, as far as to the Extension of one Hand with its Thumb, and about the thickness of one Finger above it, must the Sublimatory be firmly placed; and enclosed round about to the Furnace, which the following Description demonstrates. But then consider whether your Furnace can well and freely discharge itself of the Fumosities, and the Flame can freely pass through the whole Furnace, in the Circuit of the Aludel; if so, it is well proportionate; if not, it is not so. Then you must open its Ventholes, and if by that means it be mended, it is well indeed: if not, than it must necessarily be altered; because the distance of the Vessel from the sides of the Furnace, is too small. Therefore pair off the sides of the Walls, and enlarge the distance, and then try it. And so continue reiterating (if need be) the enlarging of the Ventholes, and paring the Sides, until it can freely quit itself of the Smoke, and the Flame be Lucid round about the Aludel, and the Smoke very freely pass out by the Vents.  
This is an Experiment (sufficient for any Quantity to be Sublimed) of the Invention of Magnitude of the Furnace, and of Dilating the Ventholes thereof, and of the Distance of the Vessel from the Walls of the same. But the Invention of Thickness of the Furnace is (if you intent a great Fire) that the same be equal to the extension of one hands breadth, with its Thumb; but if a moderate Fire be intended, than the Thickness must be to one hands breadth; and if a lesser Fire, it must be form to the Thickness of two Fingers.  
Likewise Proportion is to be taken from Woods, for solid Woods give a strong Fire, spongious a weak, and Dry Woods give a great Fire, and soon terminable. Green Woods give a little and long lasting Fire, and Solid Woods likewise a very durable Fire; but Spongy Woods a Fire easily terminable. Therefore with Consideration of the Distance of the Aludel, and of the Magnitude and Smallness of the Ventholes, and Thickness and Thinness of the Furnace, and Diversity of Woods premised, the Diversities of all Fires come to be found out, with their true Experience. But from the greater or lesser Closure of the Ventholes, or of the Door of the Furnace, by which the Woods are put in, and by the Addition and Substraction of them, the determinate space of Time of Duration of the Fire comes to be found out, viz. So that (as by a determinate Science) it is known how long the Fire of each, in its degree, can dure in Equality. This Investigation is very profitable and necessary for you; because by it you will be eased of much of your Labour. Therefore exercise yourself therein, and in all Things by Us here now lately mentioned; for he who exerciseth himself herein, learns; but he that doth not so, learns not.   

CHAP. VII.  
Of what Matter, and in what Form the Vessel Aludel (or Sublimatory) is to be made.  
BUt the Intention of the Vessel Aludel is, that that it be made of thick Glass; for other Matter is not sufficient, unless it be thick; and of like Substance with Glass. Because Glass only, and its like (wanting Pores) is able to retain Spirits from Flight, and that they be not exterminated by the Fire; but no other Matter is fit: because through the Pores of them the Spirits are gradually diminished, and vanish. Nor are Metals serviceable in this Case, because Spirits (by reason of their Amity and Convenience) penetrate them, and are united therewith; wherefore, passing through them they vanish, as is manifestly proved, by what are determined by Us. And it is found necessarily, and by Experience, that this We have said is true. Therefore We are not by any Thing excused, from taking Glass in the Composition of the Aludel. In order to which,  
Let a round Glass Vessel, or Concha, be made, with a flat round Bottom, and in the middle of the Sides thereof a Zone, or Girdle of Glass surrounding the same; 
This Description is hard to be understood.  and above that Girdle cause a round Wall to be made, equidistant from the Wall of the Concha, to the Grossitude of the Cover of the said Concha; so that in this Distance the Wall of the Cover may freely fall without pressure. But the Height of this Wall (above the Girdle) must be according to the Measure of the Height of the Wall of the Concha, or little more or less. This being done, let two Covers (or Heads) be made equal to the Measure of this Concavity of the two Walls; the length of both Covers must be equal and of one Span, and the Figure of them one also; viz. Pyramidal; in the superior part of which Covers, two equal Holes, one in the one, and another in the other, should be made so, as that an Hen's Feather may commodiously be put in; as a little after will be more clearly expressed. Therefore the Intention of this Vessel Concha, is, that its Cover may be moved at the pleasure of the Artist, and that the Juncture might be Ingenious, so that through it (without any Luting) no Egress might be made for the Spirits. But he that can better contrive this Vessel, may so do, notwithstanding our Description.  
Yet in this We have a special Intention, viz. That the interior Concha, with its Sides, should enter half way within its Cover. For seeing it is the Property of Fumes to Ascend, not to Descend, by this We find the Spirits not to have Exit for Consumption; and by reason of this, it excels the other Ways, which by Our Intention We acquired. And by trial of this, the Artist will see that We have given a true Estimate hereof. Also, the Intention is, that the Head of the Aludel should be often emptied, least part of what is Sublimed (the Quantity elevated being overmuch) fall down again to the Bottom, and so the Time of Subliming, by this reiteration, be prolonged. Likewise, another Intention is, that what Ascends up in the form of Powder nigh the Hole of the Head of the Aludel, be always kept apart, from that which is found to have ascended fused and dense in small Lumps, porous and clear at the Bottom thereof, with adherency to the Sides of the Vessel; because this is known to have less of Adustion, than what is found to ascend nigh to the Hole of the Head. This is by the Superior proved manifestly, by Reason and Experience. But the Probation of the Goodness and Perfection of Sublimation, is already declared, viz. That it be found clear, and lucid, and not burnt with Inflammation.  
Therefore this is the Perfection of the Intentions of Subliming Sulphur, and Arsenic. And if it be not so found, the Work must be repeated, with Consideration of all its Intentions, till the Sublimate be found Perfect, as is said.   

CHAP. VIII.  
Of the Sublimation of Mercury and Argentvive.  
NOw We will determine the whole Intention of Sublimation of Argentvive. This Work is completed, when its Terrestreity is highly purified, and its Aquosity wholly removed. For We are excused from the labour of removing its Adustion, because it hath none. Therefore We say, that the Ingenuity of separating its superfluous Earth, is to mix it with Things wherewith it hath not affinity, and often to reiterate the Sublimation of it from them. Of this kind, is Talk, and the Calx of Eggshells, and of White Marble. Likewise also Glass most subtly beaten, and every kind of Salt prepared. For by these it is cleansed, but by other Things, having affinity with it (unless they be Bodies of Perfection) it is rather corrupted; because all such Things have a Sulphureity, which, ascending with it in Sublimation, corrupt it. And this you find true by Experience, because, when you sublime it from Tin or Lead, you find it (after Sublimation) infected with Blackness. Therefore its Sublimation is better made by those Things, which agree not with it; but it would be better, by Things, with which it doth agree, if they had not Sulphureity. Wherefore, this Sublimation is better made from Calx than from all other Things; because that agrees little with it, and hath not Sulphureity.  
But the way of removing its superfluous Aquosity, is, that when it is mixed with Calxes, from which it is to be sublimed, it be well ground and commixed with them by Imbibition, until nothing of it appear, and afterward the Wateriness of Imbibition removed by a most gentle heat of Fire; which receding, the Aquosity of Argentvive recedes with it. Yet the Fire must be so very gentle, as that by it the whole Substance of Argentvive ascend not. Therefore from the manifold Reiteration of Imbibition, with Contrition and gentle Assation, it's greater Aquosity is abolished; the residue of which is removed by repeating the Sublimation often. And when you see it most White, excelling Snow in its Whiteness, and to adhere (as it were dead) to the Sides of the Vessel; then again reiterate its Sublimation, without the Feces; because part of it adheres fixed with the Feces, and can never by any kind of Ingenuity be separated from them. Or afterward, fix part of it; as shall expressly be taught you in the following: And when you have fixed it, then reiterate Sublimation of the Part remaining, that it may be likewise fixed.  
Being fixed, reserve it; but first prove it upon Fire. If it flow well, than you have administered sufficient Sublimation, but if not, add to it some small part of Argentvive sublimed, and reiterate the Sublimation, till your end be answered; for if it hath a lucid and most white Colour, and be porous, than you have well sublimed it, if not, not. Therefore in the Preparation of it made by Sublimation be not negligent; because such as its Mundation (or cleansing) shall be, such will be its Perfection, in projection of it upon any of the imperfect Bodies, and upon its own Body unprepared. Yet here note, that Some have by it form Iron, others Led; some Copper, and others Tin. Which happened to them, through negligence of Preparation; sometimes of it alone, sometimes of Sulphur, or of its Compeer, mixed with it. But if you shall by Subliming directly cleanse and perfect this Subject, it will be a firm and perfect Tincture of Whiteness, the like of which is not.   

CHAP. IX.  
Of Sublimation of Marchasite.  
THerefore, the sum of the Intention of Sublimation of Argentvive, being sufficiently declared, We now come to the Sublimation of Marchasite; of which there are two ways. One is performed without Ignition, the other with Ignition; and that is, because it hath a twofold Substance: viz. One Sulphur, pure in its nature; the other Argentvive, mortified. The first is profitable, as Sulphur; the second profitable, as Argentvive mortified, and moderately prepared Therefore We take this last, because by it We are excused from the former Argentvive, and the labour of mortifying it.  
The entire Way of Sublimation of this Subject is, that it be ground to Powder, and put into an Aludel, and its Sulphur Sublimed without Ignition; always, and that very often, removing what is Sublimed, for the aforesaid Reason; and afterward augmenting the force of Fire, unto Ignition of the Aludel. And the first Sublimation of Marchasite must be made in a Vessel of Sublimation, and so long continued, as until the Sulphur be separated; the Process being successively, and orderly continued, until it is manifest, that what was in it of Sulphur, be all passed out. Which may be proved by these manifest Experiments. For when its whole Sulphur shall be elevated, you will see the Colour thereof changed into most White, mixed with a very clear, pleasant, and Celestine Colour: Also you will otherwise prove this, because what shall be of the Nature of Sulphur will burn and give a Flame, as Sulphur. But what shall be secondly Sublimed, after that Sublimate, will neither be inflamed, nor show any Properties of Sulphur, but of Argentvive mortified in the Reiteration of Sublimation.   

CHAP. X.  
Of the Vessel, in which Marchasite may rightly be Sublimed.  
THerefore We collect that, by its way of Sublimation, which is thus: A most solid and well cocted Earthen Vessel, must be made to the length of half the Stature of a Man, but in breadth Diametrically, no more than that the Hand may commodiously enter. The Bottom of this Vessel (which must be made so, as it may be separated and conjoined) must be made after the similitude of a plain Dish or Porringer very deep; viz. from the superior Orifice to the Bottom, the depth of one Hands length, with its Fingers. And from that Place, or movable Bottom to the Head, the Vessel must be very accurately Glazed within, with very thick Vitrification. And upon the Head of the Vessel must be fitted an Alembeck with a wide nose or beak: For in such a Vessel That is best sublimed. Therefore the Bottom must be conjoined with its Vessel, with very firm and tenacious Luting, and the Marchasite spread upon (or within) that Bottom; and then the Alembeck set upon the Superior Part: and so placed in a Furnace, of which the property is to give a strong Fire, viz. of Fusion of Silver, or Copper, which in the Sum of our Work, where we shall declare the Diversities of all Instruments, We sufficiently describe to you. And this being done, you must surround the top of your Furnace with an Hoop or Ring of Iron flat, having a hole in its middle, proportionate to the Magnitude of the Vessel; that the Vessel may stand fast within it. Then lute the Junctures in the Circuit of the Vessel and the Furnace, lest the Fire passing out there, be an hindrance to the adherency of your Sublimation, leaving only four small Windows, or Doors, that may be opened and shut in the Flattering or Hoop aforesaid, through which Coals may be put in round about the Sides of the Furnace. Likewise four other holes must be left under them, and between their Spaces, for the putting in of Coals; and six or eight lesser holes, proportionate to the Magnitude of the little Finger, which must never be shut; that by them the Fire may commodiously free itself from Fumosities. Let these last Holes be in the Juncture of the Furnace, with the aforesaid Hoop.  
But that Furnace is of great Ignition, the Sides of which are to the height of two Cubits; and in the midst whereof is a round Grate or Wheel bored full of very many small holes close together, and strongly annexed to the Furnace with Luting. The Superior part of these holes must be closer, or smaller above, but wider or more open beneath, that Ashes or Coals may the more freely fall from them, and the Grate be left continually open for the more free Reception of the Air. For the free and ample admission of the Air through the Inferior Holes, is one Cause of great Ignition by the Furnace. Therefore be exercised therein, and you will find out the Secret. But the Cause of so great Length of the Vessel, is, that a great part of it may stand up, and be extended beyond the Fire, and be kept cool, that the Fumes of the Sublimate ascending may find a Place of cooling, and adhere; and not find a way of Flight, and be exterminated. This he well knows, who hath sublimed in short Sublimatories, wherein he found nothing of the Sublimate; because, by reason of the Shortness of his Vessel, the Fire was equal in heat through the whole of the same. Therefore, the Matter to be sublimed, always stood converted into the Substance of Fume, and could not any where adhere, but gradually vanish through the Pores of the Vessel.  
Wherefore, in subliming all Things, the Vessel must the greater part of it be extended high above the Fire, that the same extended Part may serve for a Refrigeratory. But the Cause of Vitrification, or Glazing the Vessel, is, that the ascending Fumes, in the place of their Ascension, may not find the Sides of the Aludel porous, and penetrating them, take their Flight. Therefore the Place of their Ascension is vitrified, that the Way of their Flight may be stopped. But the Bottom of the Vessel is not Glazed, because it stands in the Fire, which would melt its Vitrification; and that melting, both the Bottom itself, and Matter to be sublimed, would also be melted, and turned into Glass. For the Property of Glass is to overcome all Things, and convert them to itself. Therefore, all these Things, and their Causes, being considered, Let your Fire be continued under the Vessel, until you be assured by infallible Experience, the whole is ascended. The Experiment of this is, the putting in a Rod of Earth well burned (having a small hole in the end, reaching almost to the middle thereof, and answering to the quantity of the little Finger) nigh the Matter of which the Sublimation is made. And if any thing ascending adhere to the hole, the Whole is not sublimed; but if not, than the Sublimation is ended. By this same Exercise, in all Things to be sublimed, you may be assured of the End of your Work.   

CHAP. XI.  
Of the Sublimation of Magnesia and Tutia: Also of Imperfect Bodies, and of the Addition of Matter elevating them.  
THe Intention of the Sublimation of Magnesia and Tutia, is the same with the Intention of the last Sublimation of Marchasite. For all these cannot be sublimed without Ignition. Therefore they all have one Intention, with the same Causes, and the same Experiences; and that hath one General Order. Because it necessarily happens, that whatsoever are sublimed with Ignition, must be sublimed without Feces; for in themselves they have enough, yea, too much Feces: the sign of which is the difficulty of their Sublimation.  
Likewise all Bodies diminished from Perfection, are sublimed in the same Order, and no difference of diversity is, unless that in Bodies the Fire of Sublimation must be more vehement than in Magnesia, Marchasite, and Tutia. And so likewise, Bodies, in their Sublimations, are not diversified, except that some need the adjunction of something else to elevate them; others not. But there is one special Consideration, by Experience found good in the Sublimation of Bodies; and that is, that no great Quantity of the Body to be sublimed, be at once put into the Bottom of the Vessel; because a great abundance of Matter impedes Sublimation. Also the Bottom of the Sublimatory should be flat, not concave; that the Body equally and thinly spread upon the Bottom, may equally and much be elevated in all its Parts.  
Bodies needing the Admixtion of Matters elevating, are Venus and Mars, by reason of the slowness of their Fusion. Therefore Venus needs Tutia, and Mars Arsenic; and with these they are easily elevated, because they mostly agree with them. Wherefore after Consideration of them, let Sublimation be made as in Tutia, and in things like to it in Sublimation; and let their Sublimation be disposed in the same Order, with its Causes and Experiences.   

CHAP. XII.  
Of Descension, and the way of Purifying by pastils.  
THe Intentions of Sublimation, with all their Causes, being already declared, it remains, that We now show the way of Descension, with its Causes, and determinate and complete Order likewise. For there was a threefold Cause of its Invention. One, that when any Matter is included in that Vessel, which is called a Chemical Descensory, after its Fusion it may descend through the Hole thereof, and by its Descent We be assured that it hath admitted Fluxing. Another Cause, that weak Bodies may by ●t be preserved from Combustion, after Reduction from their Calxes. For when We attempt to reduce weak Bodies from their Calxes, We cannot reduce all their whole Substance at one time. Therefore, if that Part, which is first reduced into Body, should expect the Reduction of the whole, a great Quantity of it would vanish by the Fire. Wherefore it was necessarily devised, that one part, so soon as reduced, might be taken from the Fire. And this is done by a Descensory. The third Cause of the Invention of it, was the Depuration of Bodies from every thing extraneous. For the Body descends in Flux clean, and leaves every thing that is extraneous in the Concavity thereof.  
Therefore Descension being invented for these three necessary Causes, We will now determine the Method of it, with its Instrument first denoted with its Causes. In order to which, We say, that the Form of it must be such, as its Bottom may be pointed, and the Sides of it without Roughness, equally terminating into the aforesaid Acuity, or Point of the Bottom; and its Cover (if it need any) must be made in the likeness of a plain or flat Dish, and well fitted to it; and the Vessel with its Cover must be made of good and firm Earth, not easily cracking in the Fire. Then put in the Matter, which you would have to descend, upon round Rods made of like Earth, and so placed as they may be more nigh the Top than Bottom of the Vessel. Then covering the Vessel and luting the Juncture, set it within a Fire of Coals, and blow it until the whole Matter descend into a subjacent Vessel. Yet (if the Matter be of difficult Fusion) it may be put upon a Table plain, or of small Concavity, from which it may easily descend, by inclining the Head of the Descensory, when it is in Flux. For by this Bodies are purified.  
But they are better purified by pastils, which way of Purification is the same with the way of Purifying of the Descensory. Therefore by it We are excused from that: For it holds the Feces of Bodies, as a Descensory and better; therefore We declare the Way of it. We take a Body, of which the Intention is to be cleansed, and that We reduce to most fine Grains, or Filings, or into a Calx (which is more perfect) and mix with it some other Calx, of which the Intention is not to be melted; and then We make the Body to flow. For We by that, often repeated, find Bodies to be cleansed, but not with perfect Mundification, which We know to be Perfection; yet with a profitable Mundification, that Bodies capable of Perfection, may the better and more perfectly be by it transformed: For there is to be an Administration preceding that Transformation; but every Administration shall sufficiently be declared to you in the following. Here We only give you a Description of the Descensory.   

CHAP. XIII.  
Of distillation and its Causes, and of Three kinds of the same. viz, by Alembeck, by a Descensory, and by Filter.  
THerefore, following Our Purpose, 'tis convenient. We should speak of Distillation, with its Causes; Distillation is an Elevation of aqueous Vapours in their Vessel. And Distillation is diversified. For some Distillations are by Fire, and some without Fire. Those made by Fire are of two kinds; one, which is by Elevation into the Alembeck; and the other by Chemical Descensory, by mediation of which the Oil of Vegetables is extracted.  
The Cause why Distillation was invented, and the general Cause of the Invention of every Distillation, is the Purification of Liquid Matter from its turbulent Feces, and Conservation of it from Putrefaction. For We see a Thing Distilled (by what kind soever of Distillation) to be rendered more Pure, and to be better preserved from Putrefaction. But the special Cause of that Distillation, which is made by ascent into the Alembeck, is the desire of acquiring Water Pure without Earth. The Experience of which is, that We see Water so Distilled, to have no Feculency. The Cause of the Invention of Pure Water, was the Imbibition of Spirits, and of clean Medicines. As for Example, When We need Imbibition, We must have pure Water, which leaves no Feces after its Resolution; by which Feculency, Our Medicines and cleansed Spirits might be infected and corrupted. But the Cause of that Invention, which is made by Descent, was the Extraction of Oil pure in its Nature; because by Ascent, Oil cannot be had in its Combustible Nature. And such an Inquisition also was, that the Colour which is permixed with its Substance, might be had; for this may be helpful in the Case. But Distillation, which is made by Filter, is performed without Fire; and the Cause of its Invention was Clearness of the Water only.  
Now We will show you the Methods of Distillations, with their Causes. Therefore of that which is made by Ascent, there is a twofold Way or Method. For one is performed in an Earthen Pan full of Ashes; but the other with Water in its Vessel, with Hay or Wool, orderly so disposed, that the Cucurbit, or Distillatory Alembeck, may not be broken before the Work be brought to Perfection. That which is made by Ashes, is performed with a greater, stronger, and more acute Fire; but what is made by Water, with a mild and equal Fire. For Water admits not the Acuity of Ignition, as Ashes doth. Therefore, by that Distillation, which is made in Ashes, Colours, and the more gross Parts of the Earth, are wont to be elevated; but by that which is made in Water, the Parts more subtle, and without Colour, and more approaching to the Nature of simple Wateriness, are usally elevated. Therefore more subtle Separation is made by Distillation in Water, than by Distilling in Ashes. This he knows to be true, who when he had Distilled Oil by Ashes, received his Oil scarcely altered into the Recipient; but willing to separate the Parts thereof, was by necessity forced to Distil it by Water. And then by reiterating that Labour, he separated the Oil into its Elemental Parts; so that from a most red Oil, he extracted a most white and most serene Water, the whole Redness thereof remaining in the Bottom of the Vessel.  
Therefore by this Magistery, We must necessarily come to the determinate Separation of all the Elements, of every Vegetable Thing, and of that which from the Vegetable proceeds to a Being, and of every like Thing: but by that, which is made by Descent, We may attain the Oil of every Thing determinately, viz. of all Vegetables, and of their Like: and by that, which is made by Filter, We acquire the Clearness of every Liquorous Thing. Yet all these Things are known, even to Men knowing little or nothing; but if any Man knoweth them not, he knows nothing of this Magistery. Therefore let him practise in the Exercise and he will find it out.  
The Disposition of that which is made by Ashes, is, that a strong Earthen-Pan be taken and fitted to the Furnace, like to the aforesaid Furnace of Sublimation, with the same Distance from the Sides of the Furnace, and with like Ventholes; upon the Bottom of which Pan sifted Ashes must be put to the thickness of one Finger, and upon the Ashes the Vessel of Distillation set, and covered round about with the same, almost as high as to the Neck of the Alembeck. This being done, put in the Matter, which you intent shall be Distilled. Lastly, Cover the Vessel with its Alembeck, the Neck of which must enclose the Neck of the inferior Cucurbit, even up to the curved Channel of the Alembeck, lest what is to be Distilled should fly away; and lute the Alembeck firmly with its Cucurbit, and give Fire to it, until it begin to Distil. But the Alembeck and its Cucurbit, must be both of Glass. And the Fire must be increased according to the Exigency of the Distillation, until it be found, by urging the Fire, that all which should be Distilled is Distilled off.  
The Disposition of the second Intention of Distillation, which is made by Water, is like to this, in the Vessel and Alembeck: yet it differs in this, viz. That in this, must be taken an Iron or Brass Pan, and that fitted to the Furnace, as is said. Afterwards, upon the Bottom of the Pan, within must be laid a Bed of Hay, or Wool, or other such like Matter, to the thickness of three Fingers, that the Cucurbit may not be broken; and with the same Hay, or like Things, the Cucurbit must be covered round about, almost as high as to the Neck of the Alembeck; and upon them many small Sprigs, or Sticks spread, and upon the Sticks weighty Stones laid, which with their weight may depress the Hay, or other like Matter, with the Cucurbit and Alembeck, and firmly and steadily hold them depressed upon the Bottom of the Pan, that they be not moved, or raised by the Water; and that stirring be the Cause of breaking the Glass, and Destruction of the Matter to be Distilled. Afterwards, upon the Hay and Sticks depressed with the Stones, pour Water until the Pan be full. This being done, put Fire under and Distil, until all be Distilled off.  
The Disposition of that, which is made by Descent, is, that a Glass Descensory be made, with its Cover, and that put in which is to be Distilled, and then the Cover luted on; and Fire made upon the Top, or over it: for its Distillation descends.  
The Disposition of that, which is made by Filter, is, that the Liquor to be Distilled be put into a Stone Concha, and the wider part of the Filter put into the said Liquor, even to the Bottom of the Concha, but the narrower part of it hang out over the Orifice of the said Vessel. And under that end of the Filter must be set another Vessel for receiving the Distillation. Therefore, when the Filter gins to Distil, the Water with which it was moistened will first Distil off; which ceasing, the Liquor to be Distilled succeeds. Which Liquor if it be not as yet serene, it must so often be put into the Concha again, and redistilled, as until it be Distilled most serene.  
But all these Operations, which are easy, need no great Probation; therefore I am willing to pass that over in Silence. This is the Description of all the Vessels of every Distillation, here now completed by Us.   

CHAP. IU.  
Of Calcination, as well of Bodies as of Spirits, with its Causes and Methods.  
AFter the Narration of Distillation, We proceed to Discourse of Calcination. Calcination is the Pulverization of a Thing by Fire, through Privation of the Humidity consolidating the Parts. The Cause of the Invention of it is, that the adustive, corrupting and defiling Sulphureity, may be abolished by Fire. Yet it is diversified, according to the Diversity of Things to be Calcined. For Bodies are Calcined, and Spirits are Calcined; yea, other Things also extraneous from the nature of these; yet with a divers Intention. And seeing there are imperfect Bodies of two kinds; viz. Hard, as Venus and Mars, and Soft, as Jupiter and Saturn; all which are Calcined: there was a necessity of Calcining them with a divers Intention, viz. General and Special. They are all Calcined with one general Intention; which is, that their corrupting and defiling Sulphureity may be abolished by Fire. For so every adustive Sulphureity, which could not be removed without Calcination, is burnt away from every thing whatsoever. And because the Body itself is solid, and by reason of that solidity, the occult Sulphureity concealed within the Continuity of the Substance of Argentvive, is defended from Adustion: therefore it was necessary to separate the Continuity thereof, that the Fire freely coming to every of its least Parts, might burn the Sulphureity from it, and the Continuity of Argentvive in the Body, not defend it.  
Likewise, the common Intention in it, is Depuration of the Earthiness: For it is found, that Bodies are cleansed by reiterated Calcination and Reduction; as We shall show in the following.  
Special Calcination is of soft Bodies, and with these two Intentions, that through it there may be an Intention of hardening and firing; which is attained to by an Ignitious Repetition of Calcination upon them; of which it is expedient We should Discourse, in the following Treatise. For We find that they are manifestly hardened by that Ingenuity.  
But the Cause of the Invention of the Calcination of Spirits, is, that they may the better be fixed, and be the more easily dissolved into Water. Because every kind of Things Calcined is more fixed than the not Calcined, and of easier Solution; and because the Parts of the Calcinate more subtiliated by Fire, are more easily mixed with Waters, and turned into Water. And this you will find so to be, if you be experienced. The Calcination of other Things, is subservient to the Exigency of the Preparation of Spirits and Bodies; of which Preparation We shall speak more at large in the following. But any of these Things, or such as these, is not of Perfection.  
Therefore the way or Method of Calcination is divers, by reason of the Diversity of things to be calcined. For Bodies are otherwise calcined, than Spiri●● or other Things. And Bodies divers each from other, are likewise diversely calcined. For soft Bodies have one General way, according to the Intention of Calcination, viz. that both may be calcined by Fire only; and by the Acuity of Salt prepared or not prepared, both likewise. Therefore, the first Calcination by Fire only, is thus prepared: You must have a Vessel of Iron or Earth, form after the similitude of a Porringer, the structure of which must be very firm, and fitted to the Furnace of Calcination, in such wise, that under it the Coals may be cast in and blowed. These being thus ordered, you must cast in Lead or Tin into your Vessel, which must be firmly set upon a Trivet of Iron, or on three Stone-Columes, and likewise surely fastened to the Walls of its Furnace, with three or four Stones set in stiff between the Furnace-sides and the Vessel, that it may not be stirred. The Figure of the Furnace must be the same with the Form of the Furnace of great Ignition, of which mention is made above, and shall more fully be declared in the Following. Therefore in that Furnace kindle Fire under your Vessel of Sublimation, sufficient for Fusion of the Body to be calcined. And when the Body shall, by heat of Fire, contract a Black skin upon it, gather that off from it by a Slice, or other fit Instrument of Iron or Stone, that will not permit itself to be burnt to the Infection of the Calx. This drawing off, or taking off the Skin, must so long be continued, as until the whole Body be converted to Powder. If it be Saturn, a greater Fire must be administered, until the Calx be changed into a Colour most yellow or red. If it be Jupiter, it must likewise be exposed and continued in the Fire, until the Calx be changed into complete Whiteness.  
Yet in this We would have the Artificer to be well advised, that Saturn is easily reduced from its Calx; but Jupiter most difficulty. Therefore, let him be careful, that he err not in exposing Saturn, after its first Pulverization to too great a Fire, and so reduce the Calx into Body, before it is perfected. For he needs Temperance of Fire, and that leisurely augmented by degrees, with Caution, until it be confirmed in its Calx; proving not so easily reducible, that a greater Fire may be administered to it, for completely perfecting its Calx. Likewise, he must be careful, that he err not in Jupiter, by reason of its difficult Reduction; so, that when he intends to reduce its Calx, he find it not reduced, but in its former condition, or turned into Glass; and thence he conclude its Reduction impossible. For We say, if a great Fire be not administered, in the Reduction of Tin, it reduceth not; and if a great Fire be administered, it doth not necessarily happen, that it shall be reduced; but 'tis possible it may be converted to Glass. And that is, because Jupiter, in the profundity of its Nature, hath the fugitive Substance of Argentvive included: which, if kept long in Fire, flies away, and leaves the Body deprived of Humidity; so that it is found more apt for Vitrification, than to be converted to the Fusion of a Metallick Body. For every Thing deprived of its proper Humidity, gives no other than a Vitrificatory Fusion. Whence it necessarily follows, that the Artist must hasten to reduce it swiftly, with the speedy force of a violent Fire: for otherwise it is no● reduced. Therefore let him practise therein, and he will come to the Knowledge thereof.  
The way of Calcination of these two Bodies, which is performed by the Acuity of Salt, is, that Quantity after Quantity of Salt be very often cast upon them in their Fusion, and permixed by much agitation with a Rod of Iron over the Fire, until by mixtion of the Salt they be turned into Ashes. And afterward, by the same way of Perfection, the Calxes of them are perfected, with their Considerations. But in this also there is difference in the Calcination of these two Bodies. For Led, with the first labours of Calcinatitn, is more easily converted to Powder than Tin; yet the Calx of it is not more easily perfected, than the Calx of Tin. The Cause of this Diversity is, because Saturn hath a more fixed Humidity than Jupiter.  
Of Venus and Mars, the way of Calcination is one; yet divers from the former, by reason of the difficulty of their Liquefaction. And it is this, either of these Bodies reduced into Plates, must be heat red hot, but not melted. For, by reason of the great Quantity of Earthiness in them, and the large Measure they have of adustive and flying Sulphureity, they are easily this way deduced into Calx. And that therefore is, because by reason of much Earthiness, mixed with the Substance of Argentvive, the due continuation of Argentvive is disturbed. Therefore Porosity is caused i● them, through which the Sulphureity passing may fly away; and the Fire, by that Means having access to it, burn and elevate the same. Whence it comes to pass, that the Parts are made more rare, and through Discontinuity of the Rarity converted into Ashes. The Experience of this is manifest, because Plates of Copper exposed to Ignition, yield a Sulphureous Flame, and cause pulverizable Scales in their Superficies. And that therefore is, because from the Parts more nigh, a more easy combustion of Sulphur must necessarily be made.  
But the Form of the Furnace of this Calcination, is the same with the Form of the Furnace of Distillation, only that this must have one great hole left in the Crown of it, whence it may free itself from Fumosities. And the Site of Things to be calcined, must be in the midst of the Furnace, that the Fire may have free access to them round about. But the Vessel must be of Earth, made in the form of a Porringer or deep Dish.  
The way of Calcination of Spirits, is, that to them approaching to Fixation be administered Fire, gradually, and very leisurely increased, that they fly not, until they be able to sustain the greatest Fire. Their Vessel must be round, every way closed, and their Furnace the same with this lastly mentioned. With a like Furnace, and like Vessel, every Thing is likewise calcined. Yet We are excused from greater Labour, than what must be employed in preventing their Flight: because other Things (unless Spirits, and what is nigh to the Nature of Spirits) fly not.   

CHAP. XV.  
Of Solution, and its Cause.  
NOW We intent to speak of Solution. Solution is the Reduction of a Dry Thing into Water. Therefore, We say, that every Perfection of Solution is completed with subtle Waters, and especially the acute, and sharp, and saline Waters, having no Feces; as is Distilled Vinegar, Sour Grapes, Pears of very great sharpness, Pomegranates, and the like of these distilled.  
The Cause of the Invention of this, was the Subtiliation of those Things, which neither have Fusion nor Ingress; by which was lost the great Utility of fixed Spirits, and of those Things which are of their Nature. For every Thing which is dissolved, must necessarily have the Nature of Salt, or of Allom, or of their like. And the Nature of them is, that they give Fusion before their Vitrification. Therefore Spirits dissolved will likewise give like Fusion. And since they in their own Nature, agree with Bodies, and each with other, Fusion being acquired, they must by that necessarily penetrate Bodies, and penetrating transmute the same. But they neither penetrate, nor trasmute, without our Magistery, which is this, viz. that after Solution and Coagulation of the Body, to it be administered some one of the Spirits purified, not fixed; and that so often sublimed from it, as until it remain with it, and give to it a more swift Fusion, and conserve the same in Fusion from Vitrification. For the Nature of Spirits is, not to be vitrified, and to preserve the Mixture from Vitrification, as long as they are in it. Therefore the Spirit, which more retains the Nature of Spirits, more defends from Vitrification. But a Spirit only purified, more preserves than a Spirit purified, calcined, and dissolved: therefore there is a necessity of mixing such a Spirit with the Body. For from these results good Fusion, and Ingress, and firm Fixation.  
But We are able to prove, by the Works of Nature, that Things only holding the Nature of Salts, Alloms, and the like, are Soluble. For considering, We find in all her Works no other things to be dissolved, but them. Therefore, whatsoever are dissolved, they must necessarily be dissolved by their Nature. Yet, because We see all Things truly calcined, to be dissolved, by Reiteration of Calcination, and Solution; therefore, We by that prove, that all Calcinates' approach to the Nature of Salts, and Alloms, therefore must necessarily be themselves attended with those properties. But the way of Solution is twofold, viz by hot Dung, and by boiling or hot Water. Of both which there is one Intention, and one Effect.  
The Way of Dissolving by Dung, is, that the Calcinate be put into a Glass Vessel, and upon the same poured of distilled Vinegar, or the like, double its weight, and the Mouth of the Vessel well closed, that nothing may respire; and then this Matter, with its Vessels, set in Hot Dung to be dissolved, and the Solution afterwards by Filter separated. But the not dissolved must be again calcined, and after Calcination again in like manner dissolved, until by repeating the Labour, the whole be dissolved.  
The Way of Dissolving by boiling Water, is more swift, and it is thus: The calcinate must in like manner be put into its Vessel, with Vinegar poured on it as before, and the Orifice well closed, that nothing expire; then the Vessel must be set, buried in Straw, into a Pan full of Water, as in the Way of Distillation by Water, We before appointed; and afterward Fire kindled under it, until the Water boil for an hour. This being done, the Solution must be filtered, and kept apart. But the not dislsolved, again calcined, and again in the same manner dissolved; until by repeating the Labour, the whole be dissolved.   

CHAP. XVI.  
Of Coagulation, and its Causes, and of divers ways of coagulating Mercury; and of dissolved Medicines.  
COagulation is the Reduction of a Thing Liquid, to a Solid Substance, by Privation of the Humidity. But there is a twofold Cause of its Invention: one is, the Induration, or Hardening of Argentvive; the other Cause of Invention is, the freeing of Medicines dissolved, from the Wateriness with them admixed. Therefore it is diversified, according to the Multiplicity of things to be coagulated. For Argentvive needs one Coagulation, but dissolved Medicines another. Yet there is a twofold Coagulation of Argentvive. One, by washing away its whole innate Humidity from it: the other, by Inspissation (or thickening) of its Humidity, until it be hardened. Yet it is a most difficult and laborious Work to congeal it, even with the profoundness of clear sighted Industry. Therefore We will declare the whole Ingenuity of its Coagulation.  
Some thought the Ingenuity of its Coagulation was to keep it long in a temperate Fire: who when they supposed they had coagulated it, after removal of it from the Fire, found the same to flow, as before. By which they were driven to amazement and wonder, strenuously arguing, that this was not possible to be effected. But Others, from Natural Principles, supposing that every Humidity must necessarily by heat of Fire be converted into Dryness, endeavoured with Instancy of Perseverance to continue the Conservation of it in Fire; and by this Continuation, they at last came to this, viz. that some of these Men converted it into a White-Stone, Others into a Red, and others into a Citrine or yellow Stone, which neither had Fusion, nor Ingress: and the Cause of these Diversities they could not judge of, therefore cast it away.  
Others endeavoured to coagulate it with Medicines, and this they effected not; but it proved a Delusion to them; either because they coagulated it not, or because it was insensibly extenuated; or their Coagulation was not in the form of any Body, And the Cause of the Diversity of these Things, they knew not. Others, compounding Artificial Medicines, coagulated it in Projection; but their Coagulation was not profitable, because they converted it to an imperfect Body: and the Cause of this likewise could not see. Therefore 'tis expedient We should declare the Causes of these Things, that the Artificer may come to the Magistery of its Coagulation.  
Wherefore, as is already sufficiently declared by Us, the Substance of Argentvive is uniform; wherefore it is not possible, in short space of time, by keeping it in a constantly continued Fire, to remove the Aquosity thereof. Therefore too much haste was the Cause of the first Error. And being of a subtle Substance, it recedes from the Fire; therefore excessive Fire is the Cause of the Error of those Men from whom it flies. It is easily mixed with Sulphur, Arsenic, and Marchasite, by reason of Community in their Nature. Therefore it appears to be coagulated by them; not into the form of a Body, but of Argentvive mixed with Lead. For these, being fugitive, cannot retain it in the contest of Fire, until it can attain to the Nature of a Body: but through the Impression of Fire, they fly with it, therefore that is the Cause of the Error of those who so coagulate. Likewise, Argentvive hath much Humidity united to itself, which cannot possibly be separated from it, unless by Violence of Fire warily adhibited, with Conservation of it it in its own Fire. And they, by augmenting this its own Fire, as far as it can bear, take away the Humidity of Argentvive, leaving no part sufficient for Metallick Fusion; which being taken away, it cannot be melted. And this is the Cause of their Error, who coagulate it into a Stone not fusible.  
In like manner, Argentvive hath Sulphureous Parts naturally mixed with it; yet some Argentvive hath more, others less, which to remove by Artifice is impossible. Therefore, seeing it is the property of Sulphur, with Argentvive, to create a red or citrine Colour (according to its Measure) the ablation, or removal of that being made, the property of Argentvive is by Fire to give a white Colour. This is therefore the Cause of the variety of Colours after its Coagulation into a Stone. Likewise it hath the Earthiness of Sulphur mixed with it, by which all its Coagulations must necessarily be infected. And this is the Cause of the Error of those, who coagulate it into a perfect Body. Therefore it happens, from the Diversity of the Medicines of its Coagulation, that divers Bodies are creaated in its Coagulation; and from the diversity of that likewise, what is to be coagulated. For, if either the Medicine, or that, have a Sulphur not fixed, the Body created of it must needs be soft. But if fixed, the Body must necessarily be hard. Also, if White, white; and if Red, red. And if the Sulphur be remiss from White, or Red, the Body likewise must needs be remiss; and if Earth, the Body is imperfect, if not, not so. Also every not fixed Sulphur creates a livid Body; but the fixed, as much as in it lies, not. And the pure Substance of it creates a pure Body, the not pure, not so.  
Also the same Diversity doth in like manner happen in Argentvive alone, without the Commixtion of Sulphur, by reason of the Diversity of Mundification, and Preparations of it in Medicines. Therefore an Illusion happens from the part of the Diversity of the Medicines; so that sometimes in the Coagulation of it, it is made Lead, sometimes Tin, sometimes Copper, and sometimes Iron: which happens by reason of Impurity. And sometimes Gold or Silver is made thence; which must needs proceed from Purity, with Consideration of the Colours.  
But Argentvive is coagulated by the frequent Precipitation of it with violence to the forcible Heat of strong Fire. For the Asperity of Fire easily removes it Aquosity. And this work is best done by a Vessel of a great length, in the sides of which it may find place to cool and adhere, and (by reason of the length of the Vessel) to abide, and not fly, until it can be again precipitated to the Fiery Bottom of the same; which must always stand very hot, with great Ignition: and the same Precipitation be continued, till it be totally fixed. It is also coagulated with long and constant Retention in Fire, in a Glass Vessel with a very long Neck and round Belly; the Orifice of the Neck being kept open, that the Humidity may vanish thereby. Also it is coagulated by Medicine convenient for it: and that we will declare to you more plainly in the following. And here likewise, that we may declare our complete Intention relating to it, according as We have found by Experience, We say, that the Medicine of it is that, which most nearly adheres to it in its profundity; and before its flight is commixed with it throughout its least parts. Therefore there is a necessity of collecting that from Things convenient to it, or agreeing with the same. Of this kind are all Bodies, and Sulphur and Arsenic.  
But, because We see not any of the Bodies in its Nature to coagulate it, but it to fly from them, of how great conveniency soever they be; We have therefore considered, that no Body adheres to it in its inmost parts. Wherefore, that Medicine must needs be of a more subtle Substance, and more liquid Fusion, than Metals themselves are. Also, by Spirits, remaining in their Nature, We see not a Coagulation of it to be made, that is firm and stable; but fugitive and of much Infection. Which indeed happens, by reason of the flight of Spirits; but the other, from the Commixtion of the adustible and earthy Substance of them. Therefore, hence it is manifestly evident, that from whatsoever Thing the Medicine thereof is extracted, that must necessarily be of a most subtle and most pure Substance, of its own Nature adhering to it, and of Liquefaction most easy, and thin as Water; and also be fixed against the violence of Fire. For this will coagulate it, and convert the same either into a Solar or Lunar Nature.  
Thus we have showed you the Properties of the Medicine, by which you may attain to it; and this we have determined in a very proper Speech. Therefore studiously exercise yourself thereabout, and you will find it. But that you may not blame Us, as if We had not sufficiently spoken thereof, We say, that this Medicine is extracted from Metallick Bodies themselves, with their Sulphur, or Arsenic prepared: likewise from Sulphur alone, or Arsenic prepared; and it may be extracted from Bodies only. But from Argentvive alone it is more easily, and more nearly, and more perfectly found; because Nature more amicably embraceth its proper Nature, and in it more rejoiceth, than in an extraneous Nature. And in it is facility of Extraction of the Substance thereof, seeing it already hath a Substance subtle in Act. But the Ways of acquiring this Medicine are by Sublimation, as is by us sufficiently declared. And the way of fixing it, is likewise showed in its Chapter. But the way of coagulating Things dissolved, is by a Glass placed in Ashes up to its Neck, and temperate Fire administered thereunto, until their Aquosity vanish.   

CHAP. XVII.  
Of Fixation, and its Causes, and of the divers ways of fixing Bodies and Spirits.  
FIxation is the convenient disposing a Fugitive Thing, to abide and sustain the Fire. The Cause of the Invention of this Fixation, is (that every Tincture, and every Alteration, may be perpetuated in the Thing altered, and not changed. But it also is diversified according to the Diversity of Things to be fixed; which are certain Bodies diminished from Perfection, as Saturn, Jupiter, Mars, and Venus: and according to the Diversity of Spirits also, which are Sulphur and Arsenic in one Degree, and Argentvive in another; but Marchasite, Magnesia, Tutia, and the like of these, in the third.  
Therefore these Bodies diminished from Perfection, are fixed by their Calcination; because thereby they are freed from their Volatile and corrupting Sulphureity. And this We have sufficiently declared in the Chapter of Calcination. But Sulphur and Arsenic are fixed two ways, viz. by Reiteration of their Sublimation in the Vessel Aludel, until they remain fixed. Therefore, according to this, the Intention of hastening the Fixation of them, is, that the Invention of repeating a manifold Sublimation in a short time, be observed therein; which Reiteration is made by two Aludels, with their two Heads or Covers, in the following Order, that you may never ease from the Work of Sublimation, until you have fixed them. Therefore, so soon as they have ascended in one Vessel, put them into the other; and so do continually, never suffering them long to abide adhering to the sides of either Vessel; but constantly keep them in the Elevation of Fire, until the Elevation of them ceaseth. For, the sooner you can multiply the manifold Repetitions of Sublimation, the more swiftly and better will you abbreviate the time of its Fixation. For this Cause, there was a second way of Fixion found out, which is by precipitating of it sublimed into Heat, that it may constantly abide therein, until it be fixed. And this is done by a long Glass Vessel, the Bottom of which (made of Earth, not of Glass, because that would crack) must be artificially connexed with good Luting; and the ascending Matter, when it adheres to the Sides of the Vessel, with a Spatula of Iron or Stone, thrust down to the Heat of the Bottom, and this Precipitation repeated, till the whole be fixed.  
The way of fixing Argentvive. is the same with the way of Fixation of Sulphur and Arsenic; and these ways differ not, unless that Sulphur and Arsenic cannot be fixed, if their most thin inflammable Parts, be not separated from them, with the subtle Artifice of Division, by this ultimate way of Fixation. But Argentvive hath not this Consideration, therefore, in this Method, they need a more temperate Heat than Argentvive. In like manner they are diversified, because these must be elevated higher, by reason of their slowness, than Argentvive; and also because they are fixed in longer time than it. Therefore they require a longer Vessel for their Fixation than Argentvive.  
The Fixation of Marchasite, Magnesia, and Tutia, is, that after the first Sublimation of them is finished, casting away their Feces, We reiterate their Sublimation, so often returning what ascends upward, to that which remains below, of either of them, until they be fixed. The Description of the Vessels of these, is already given.   

CHAP. XVIII.  
Of Ceration, and its Cause.  
CEration is the mollification of an hard Thing, not fusible unto Liquefaction. Hence it is manifest, that the Cause of the Invention of this, was, that the Matter which had not Ingress into the Body for Alteration, by reason of Privation of its Liquefaction, might be mollified so as to flow, and have Ingress; therefore some thought Ceration was to be made with Liquid Oils and Waters: but that is erroneous, and wholly remote from the Principles of this Natural Magistery, and reproved by the manifest Works of Nature. For We find not in those Metallick Bodies, that Nature hath posited an Humidity soon terminable; but rather long durable, for the necessity of their Fusion and Mollification; because, if she had insited in them an Humidity soon terminable, it would necessarily follow, that the Bodies must be totally deprived of it, in one only Ignition. Whence also it would follow, that every Body could neither be hammered nor melted, after one Ignition.  
Wherefore, imitating the Works of Nature as much as We can, We must necessarily follow her Way in Cerating. She Cerates in the Radix of fusible Things, with an Humidity, which is above all Humidities, able to sustain the Heat of Fire: therefore it is necessarily expedient for Us also, to cerate with like Humidity: But this Cerative Humidity is no thing better, more possibly, and more nearty found, than in these, viz. in Sulphur, and in Arsenic, nearly; but more nearly in Argentvive. Therefore We see not the Humidity of these to leave their Earth, by reason of the strong Union, which they have in the Work of the Mixtion of Nature. But in all other Things having Humidity, by Experience you will find, that the same is separated in Resolution from their Earthy Substance; and after Separation thereof, that they are deprived of all Humidity. Yet in the Spirits aforesaid, it is not so. Therefore, there is no other Thing, by which We may be excused from taking them in the Work of Ceration.  
The way of Ceration by them is, that the Sublimation of them be so often multiplied upon the Thing to be Cerated, until remaining with their Humidity in it, they give good Fusion. Yet this cannot be effected, before the perfect cleansing of them, from every corrupting Thing. But it seems better to me, that the Oils of these should be first fixed, by Oil of Tartar, and every Ceration, competent and necessary for this Art, be made with them.    
The end of the First Book of GEBER of the Sum of Perfection, or of the Perfect Magistery.   

The Second Book Of the Sum of PERFECTION, OR OF THE PERFECT MAGISTERY.  

The AUTHOR'S PREFACE, Dividing this Second Book into Three Parts.  
THe Discourse of the Principles of this Magistery being completed, We must necessarily (according to Our Promise) exactly prosecute the Intent of this Art, in a Speech convenient and proper thereunto. Which Intent is, a Consideration of every Thing, by which the Perfection of this Work may more manifestly be showed. And it is a Consideration of the necessity of Perfection of the Medicine, viz. How it may be understood from what thing that may best and more nearly be extracted, for the entire Perfection of the Imperfect. And it is likewise a Consideration of the Artifices, by which We may know, whether the Perfection be complete, or not. Therefore these Three being delivered, the whole Knowledge of Perfection will be described, according to the Exigency of Our Art.   

The First Part of this Second Book, Of the Knowledge of Things, whereby the possibility and way of Perfection may be understood.  

CHAP. I.  
That the Knowledge of Perfection of this Art, depends on the Knowledge of the Nature of Spirits and Bodies, etc.  
IT is not possible to know the Transmutations of Bodies, or of Argentvive, unless the Knowledge of the Nature of them according to their Radixes, be well impressed in the Mind of the Artist. Therefore We will first notify the Principles of Bodies, viz. What they are according to their Causes, and what Good or Evil they contain in themselves. But afterward We will show the Natures of all those Bodies, with all their Properties, viz. What are the Causes of the Corruption of them; proving the same by their Experiences.   

CHAP. II.  
Of the Nature of Sulphur and Arsenic.  
THerefore first, inferring the Nature of Spirits, which are the Principles of those Bodies; We say, that Sulphur and Arsenic are a Fatness of the Earth, as above is declared; the Experience and manifest Probation of which you may gather, from its easy Inflammation, and the easy Liquefaction thereof by Heat. For nothing is inflamed, but what is oleaginous, or melts easily by Heat, unless it hath the Nature thereof. Therefore Sulphur, and its Compeer, have an inflammable Substance, and Earthy Feculency, the Cause of their Corruption. But they have a perfecting middle Cause, viz. between this and that. Earthyness in it is the Cause of Corruption, because it neither hath Fusion, nor Ingress: and the Inflammable Substance likewise; because it neither stands in Fire, nor makes to stand; and because from every kind of it, it yields Blackness. Therefore their middle Substance is the Cause of Perfection in them; because by its Earthyness it is not hindered from Ingress, which is perfected by good Fusion; and by the Subtlety of it, its Impression is not easily removed for Flight. Yet the Middle Substance of them is not the Cause of Perfection of Bodies, or of Argentvive, unless it be fixed. Which being not fixed, although its Impression is not easily removed, yet it is not stably perpetuated. Hence it is manifest, that the Artist must necessarily divide the Middle Substance thereof. But some have thought it impossible to divide the same, by reason of its strong Mixtion. And indeed they opposed their own manifest Works.  
For they calcined Sulphur, although not much, so that it had neither Fusion nor Inflammation. But that must necessarily happen by Division; because Sulphur remaining in its Natural Commixtion must unavoidably be inflamed and burned. Therefore by the Division of divers Substances in it, 'tis apparent, that (in the same Artifice) the more inflammable part of it, is separated from the Parts not inflammable. For if it be possible, by Calcination, to come to the Removal of all Inflammable Parts in it, they must necessarily confess, from their own Natural Works, that every Division of Parts is possible to be attained. But because this depends on most subtle Artifice, they thought it to be impossible.  
Therefore, from the above-premised, it is evident, that Sulphur is not of the Verity of Our Art, but a part thereof. And We have now brought you to the Knowledge of the Artifice, by which it is possible to come to the Division thereof. But in Arsenic, because in the Radix of its Minera, by the Action of Nature, many inflammable parts of it are resolved, therefore the Artifice of its Separation is easy. Yet that is the Tincture of Whiteness, but Sulphur of Redness. Therefore it is needful, that great Caution should be used in the Division of Sulphur.   

CHAP. III.  
Of the Nature of Mercury, or Argentvive.  
IN Argentvive likewise, there is a necessity of removing Superfluities, For it hath Causes of Corruption, viz. An Earthy Substance, and Adustible Wateriness without Inflammation. Yet some have thought it not to have any superfluous Earth, and Uncleanness; but what is thought by them is vain. For We see it to consist of much Lividness, and not of Whiteness. And We likewise see the Black and Feculent Earth to be separated from it with easy Artifice, by a Lavation, the Method of which We will show. But because We are by that to acquire a twofold Perfection, viz. To make a Medicine, and to perfect it; therefore We must necessarily prepare the same by the Degree of a twofold Mundation; for two Cleansings of Mercury are necessary. One, by Sublimation for the Medicine, and this is here showed; and the other, by a Lavament for Coagulation; and that also shall be showed. For, if We would create Medicine of it, than there is a necessity to cleanse it from the Feculency of its Earthiness by Sublimation; lest it create a Livid Colour in Projection: and also to remove its Fugitive Wateriness, lest it make the whole Medicine Fugitive in Projection; and to keep safe the middle Substance thereof, for Medicine: Of which the property is not to be burned, and to defend from Combustion, and not to fly itself; and also to make fixed. Therefore We prove that to be a Perfective, by many Experiences. For We see Argentvive more nearly to adhere to Argentvive, and to be more beloved by the same; but next to it is Gold, and after that Silver.  
Wherefore, hence it follows, that Argentvive is more friendly to its own Nature: but We see other Bodies not to have so great Conformity to it, and therefore We in very deed find them less to partake of the Nature thereof. And whatsoever Bodies We see more to defend from Adustion, those We consider to possess more the Nature of it. Therefore 'tis manifest, that Argentvive is the Perfective and Salvative of Adustion, which is the the ultimate of Perfection.  
But the Second Degree of Mundation, is for its Coagulation. And the washing away of its Earthiness for one Day only, is sufficient for it. The Method of which Washing is this: Take an Earthen Dish, and into it put your Argentvive, upon which pour only so much of most strong Vinegar, or any other like Thing, as will be sufficient to cover it. Then set the Dish over a gentle Fire, that the whole may be warm and not too hot; and stir it continually with your Fingers on the Bottom of the Dish, that the Argentvive may be divided in the likeness of a subtle white Powder, until the whole Vinegar be evaporated, and the Mercury revived. After you see the Vinegar to come off feculent and black, cast that away, and wash the Mercury with fresh Vinegar; repeating this Washing, until you see the Colour of its Earthiness to be perfectly changed into a clear Colour, mixed with a white and coelestine Colour, which is a sign of perfect Washing. Therefore when it comes to that, project upon it the Medicine of Coagulation, and it will be Coagulated into a Solifick, or Lunifick, according as the Medicine was prepared; the Narration of which We set down in the following. From what is now mentioned, 'tis manifest, that Argentvive is not Perfective in its Nature; but that is, which is produced of it by Our Artifice. And so likewise is it in Sulphur and its Compeer. Therefore in these it is not possible Naturally to follow Nature, but by Our Natural Artifice.   

CHAP. IU.  
Of the Nature of Marchasite, Magnesia, and Tutia.  
BUt there is a necessity We should also treat of other Spirits, viz. Marchasite, Magnesia, and Tutia, making great Impression in Bodies. Therefore, what they are, with their Probations, We shall show in the present Chap. Marchasite hath in its Creation a twofold Substance, viz. of Argentvive mortified and approaching to Fixation, and of burning Sulphur. That it hath Sulphureity We find by manifest Experience: for when it is Sublimed, a manifest burning sulphureous Substance proceeds from it, and the Sulphureity of it is likewise found without Sublimation. For if it be put into the Fire, it is no sooner read hot, but it is inflamed with a Sulphureous Flame, and Burns. Also, it is sensibly manifested, that it hath the Substance of Argentvive; for it gives to Venus the Whiteness of pure Silver, as also to Argentvive; and We see it, in its Sublimation to yield a Celestine Colour, and to have a manifest Metallick Lucidity. All which make the Artist certainly to know, that it contains in its Radix these Substances.  
Also, you may manifestly prove by the same Experiences, that Magnesia hath a more turbid Sulphur, and an Argentvive more earthy and feculent; and that the same Sulphur is likewise more fixed, and less inflammable: and it is more approximate to the Nature of Mars. But Tutia is the fume of White Bodies; and this is evidenced by manifest Probation. For the Fume of the Mixtion of Jupiter and Venus, adhering to the Sides of the Forges, or Furnaces of Artificers Working in those Metals, makes the same Impression as it. And what a Metallick Fume doth not, without the Admixtion of some Body, the same this likewise effects not. Therefore, seeing this Fume is of White Bodies, the White cannot Citrinate or Colour Bodies, but the Red. For Citrinity or Yellowness, is no other, than a determinate Proportion of White and Red. Therefore it, by reason of its Subtlety, more penetrates the Profundity of the Body; and consequently more altars, than its own Body; and more adheres in the Examen with small Artifice, as is now declared to to you. Wherefore, what Bodies soever are altered by the Virtue of Argentvive, or of Sulphur, or of the like of these, must necessarily be altered: because these only communicate in Nature to those Bodies.   

CHAP. V.  
Of the Nature of Sol, or Gold.  
NOw of Bodies, We will more amply declare the intimate Nature of them. And first of Sol, but afterward of Luna, and then of all the other, according as shall be thought expedient, with their Probations, which are acquired by Experiment.  
Sol is created of the most subtle Substance of Argentvive, and of most clear Fixture; and of a small Substance of Sulphur clean, and of pure Redness, fixed, clear, and changed from its own Nature, tinging that. And because there happens a Diversity in the Colurs of that Sulphur, the Citrinity (or Yellowness) of Gold must needs have a like Diversity. For some is more intense, other less in Yellowness. That Gold is of the most subtle Substance of Argentvive is most evident, because Argentvive easily retains it. For Argentvive retains not any Thing, that is not of its own Nature. And that it hath the clear and clean Substance of that, is manifest by its splendid and radiant Brightness, manifesting itself not only in the Day, but also in the Night. And that it hath a fixed Substance void of all burning Sulphureity, is evident by every Operation of it in Fire: for it is neither diminished nor inflamed. And that it is ting Sulphur, is manifest by this, viz. that being mixed with Argentvive, it transforms the same into a Red Colour; and being sublimed with strong Ignition from Bodies, so that the Substance of them ascends, with that it creates a most Yellow Colour. Therefore, 'tis apparent, that when its Substance is pure, it creates a pure Colour; but when not pure, an impure Colour. But he who requires a sign of the Probation of its Yellowness, wants his Sense; because that is discerned by sight.  
Therefore the most subtle Substance of Argentvive brought to Fixation, and the purity of the same, and the most subtle Matter of Sulphur, fixed and not burning, is the whole Essential Matter of Gold. But in it is found a greater Quantity of Argentvive, than of Sulphur; wherefore Argentvive hath greater Ingress into it. For this cause, whatsoever Bodies you would alter, altar them according to this Exemplar, that you may deduce them to the Equality thereof. The way to effect which, We have now given. For Gold having subtle and fixed Parts, those Parts could in its Creation be much condensed: and this was the Cause of its great Weight. But, by great Decoction made by Nature, a leisurely and graduate Resolution of it was made, together with good Inspissation, and its ultimate Mixtion, that it might melt in the Fire.  
From the foregoing 'tis evident, that a large Quantity of Argentvive is Cause of Perfection, but much of Sulphur is Cause of Corruption. And Uniformity in Substance, which through the Mixtion is made in Natural Decoction, is Cause of Perfection; but Diversity in Substance is Cause of Corruption. And Induration (or Hardening) and Inspissation, which is made by long and temperate Decoction, is Cause of Perfection; but the contrary of Corruption. Therefore, if Sulphur shall not duly fall upon that Argentvive, divers Corruptions must necessarily be inferred, according to the Diversity of it. For the Sulphur, which falls upon it fixed, may not be all adustible, or all adustible and flying, in the Nature of Sulphur; or flying, and not in the Nature of Sulphur; or hold part of the flying, and part of the fixed; or in part hold the Nature of Sulphur, and in part not; or be all clean, or half unclean; or be of much or little Quantity: of much excelling in the Mixture, or of little Quantity excelled in it; or neither overcoming, nor overcome; or white, or red, or between both. Therefore, from all these Diversities, there was a necessity that divers Bodies, and the like of these, should be created in Nature. All which Diversities We intent to speak of with manifest Probations.   

CHAP. VI  
Of the Nature of Luna, or Silver.  
THerefore, 'tis now clear from the precedent, that if clean, fixed, red, and clear Sulphur fall upon the pure Substance of Argentvive (being itself not excelling, but of small Quantity, and excelled) of it is created pure Gold. But if the Sulphur be clean, fixed, white and clear, which falls upon the Substance of Argentvive, pure Silver is made, if in Quantity it exceed not: yet this hath a Purity short of the Purity of Gold, and a more gross Inspissation than Gold hath. The Sign of which, is, that its Parts are not so condensed, as that it can be equal in Weight to Gold; nor hath it so fixed a Substance as that: the Sign of this is, its Diminution in Fire; and the Sulphur of it, which is neither fixed, nor incombustible, is the Cause of that Diminution. But it is not impossible, or improbable, to give Judgement of the same, as fixed and not fixed, in respect of one Body, or another. For Luna's Sulphureity, compared with the Sulphureity of Sol, is not fixed and burning; but in respect of the Sulphur of other Bodies, it is fixed, and not burning.   

CHAP. VII.  
Of the Nature of Mars, or Iron. Also of the Effects of Sulphur and Mercury; and of the Causes of Corruption and Perfection.  
BUT if fixed earthy Sulphur be commixed with fixed earthy Argentvive, and both these be not pure, but of a livid Whiteness, the Quantity of the Superancy of which, is Sulphur highly fixed, of these Iron is made: because the Superancy of fixed Sulphur prohibits Fusion. Therefore, hence 'tis manifest, that Sulphur, by the work of Fixation, more swiftly destroys the easiness of Liquefaction, than Argentvive. But We see Sulphur not fixed, sooner to melt than Argentvive. By these is manifested the Cause of Swiftness and Slowness of Fusion in every Body. For what hath more of fixed Sulphur, more slowly admits of Fusion, than what partakes of burning Sulphur, which more easily and sooner flows: and this is clearly enough already declared by Us. But that the fixed Sulphur makes slower Fusion, is evident by this, viz. that it is never fixed, unless it be calcined, and no Calcinate gives Fusion: therefore in all Things it must impede the same. That it is not fixed, unless it be calcined, is manifest by the Experiment of him, who would have fixed the same not calcined: because he always found it to fly, until it was turned into Earth, the Similitude of which is of the Nature of Calx.  
Yet this happens not in Argentvive; because that may be fixed, without being turned into Earth, and likewise fixed with Conversion of it into Earth. For by hastening to its Fixation, which is made by Precipitation, it is fixed, and turned into Earth. Also, by the successive Sublimation of it often repeated, it is fixed likewise, and not changed into Earth, but gives Metallick Fusion. This is manifest to, and proved by Him, who hath experienced both Fixations thereof, even to the Consummation of the Work; by hasty Precipitation, and also by the slow, with continually repeated Sublimations. For he saw, and found it so, as he saw it written by Us. And this therefore is, because it hath a viscious and dense Substance: the Sign of which is, the Grinding of it, by imbibition and mixtion, with other Things. For Viscosity is manifestly perceived in it, by the much adherency thereof. That it hath a dense Substance, he that hath but one eye may manifestly see by its aspect, and by poising the immense weight thereof. For it, whilst it is in its own Nature, excels Gold in weight; and it is of a most strong Composition, as is declared. Therefore, hence it is manifest, that it may be fixed without Consumption of its Humidity, and without Conversion of it into Earth. For, by reason of the good adherency of Parts, and the fortitude of its Mixtion, if the parts of it be in any wise inspissate by Fire, it permits itself no further to be corrupted, nor suffers itself (by the ingress of a furious Flame into it) to be elevated into Fume: because it admits not rarefaction of itself, by reason of its Density, and want of Adustion; which is made by combustible Sulphureity, which it hath not.  
Therefore, by what is mentioned, is found (with an indubitate Invention) the wonderful double Kind of two Secrets, viz. one, the Causes of Corruption of every of the Metals by Fire; one of which is the Inclusion of a burning Sulphureity in the profundity of their Substance, diminishing them by Inflammation, and exterminating also into Fume, with extreme Consumption, whatsoever Argentvive in them is of good Fixation. But the other is a multiplication upon them of an exterior Flame penetrating, and resolving them with itself into Fume, of how great Fixation soever that in them is. A third Cause of Corruption is rarefaction of them by Calcination: for then the Flame, or Fire, can penetrate into, and exterminate them. Therefore, if all Causes of Corruption concur, such Bodies must needs be exceedingly corrupted. But if not all, the swiftness of Corruption of every Body is remitted, according to the Remission of them. The second Kind is Goodness, which by it is considered in Bodies. For seeing Argentvive, for no Causes of Extermination permits itself to be divided into parts in its Composition (because it either with its whole Substance recedes from the Fire, or with its whole remains permanent in it) in it is necessarily observed a Cause of Perfection. Therefore praised be the glorious and blessed Most High GOD, who created it, and gave to the same a Substance, and the Properties of a Substance, which are given to none of the Things in Nature to possess; that this Perfection might be found in it, by a certain Artifice, as We have found therein with near potency. For it is that which overcomes Fire, and by Fire is not overcome; but in it amicably rests, rejoicing therein.   

CHAP. VIII.  
Of the Nature of Venus, or Copper.  
WHerefore, returning to our purpose, We say, that if the Sulphur be unclean, gross, and fixed, as to its greater part; but as to its lesser part not fixed, red, and livid; in relation to the whole, not overcoming, nor overcome; and this fall upon gross Argentvive, Copper must necessarily be created thereof. The Probation of all these is easy, by things given from the Nature of them. For, when Copper is exposed to Ignition, you may discern a Sulphureous Flame to arise from it, which is a Sign of Sulphur not fixed. And the loss of the Quantity of it by Exhalation, through the frequent Combustion thereof, signifies that it hath fixed Sulphur. For from that is caused the slowness of its Fusion, and Induration (or Hardness) of its Substance, which are Signs of the Multitude of its fixed Sulphur. And that there is Sulphur red and unclean, conjoined with unclean Argentvive, is known by Sense; therefore it needs no other Probation. Therefore, by Experiment, you may attain to the whole Secret.  
For you see every Thing, by the Action of Heat changed into Earth, with ease to be dissolved, and reduced to the Nature of Water. This happens by Reason of the Subtiliation of the parts by Fire. Therefore a Thing more subtle in its proper Nature, reduced to this Earthy Nature, is more subtiliated thereby; because it is more dissolved; so that, what are of a most subtle Nature, are most and best dissolved and subtiliated. Hence the Cause of the Corruption and Infection of these two Bodies, viz. of Mars and Venus, is apparent: for it is by Sulphur of much Quantity fixed; and by not fixed Sulphur, of small Quantity in Venus, but of less Quantity in Mars. Therefore, when the fixed Sulphur comes to Fixation by Heat of Fire, its parts are subtiliated; but that part, which is in the Aptitude of Solution of its Substance, is dissolved. The Sign of which is the Exposition of these two Bodies to the Vapour of Vinegar: for by that, the Aluminosity of their Sulphur (created in it by subtiliative Heat) flowereth in the Superficies of them. And if you put these two Bodies into a Saline Liquor, many parts of them are easily dissolved by Ebullition. And if you look into the Mineras of these two, you will find a manifest Substance of Aluminosity, to distil dissolved from them, and in them to adhere: which Aluminousness, by the Saline Wateriness, and easy Solution, is changed into Water. For nothing is found Watery and easily soluble, except Allom, and what is of its Nature.  
But the Blackness in either of these two Bodies, created by Fire, is by reason of the Sulphur not fixed, which is concluded in them: much indeed in Venus, but little in Mars, and it approacheth nigh to the Nature of fixed Sulphur. Therefore, 'tis not possible, that such an Impression should be easily removed from Mars. Hence it is now evident, that Fusion is made from Sulphur not fixed, and also Fusion is helped thereby; but F●●●●n is not made from fixed Sulphur, being rather impeded by the same. There is no necessity to think, that Fusion is not made, and that Fusion is impeded by fixed Argentvive. This he knows to be certainly true, who, by no Art of Fusion could make Sulphur to flow, after its Fixation: but having fixed Argentvive, by frequently repeating the Sublimation thereof, found it apt to admit good Fusion.  
Hence therefore it is manifest, that those Bodies are of greater Perfection, which contain more of Argentvive; but what contain less, of less Perfection. Therefore study in all your Works, that Argentvive may excel in the Commixtion. And if you can perfect by Argentvive only, you will be the Searcher out of a most precious Perfection; and of the Perfection of that, which overcomes the Work of Nature. For you may cleanse it most inwardly, to which Mundification Nature cannot reach. But the Probation of this, viz. that those Bodies, which contain a greater Quantity of Argentvive, are of greater Perfection, is their easy Reception of Argentvive. For We see Bodies of Perfection amicably to embrace Argentvive.  
Therefore from the precedent Discourse 'tis evident, that in Bodies there is a twofold Sulphureity: One indeed included in the Profundity of Argentvive, in the beginning of their Mixtion; but the other is supervenient. One of which is removed with Labour, but the other cannot be possibly taken away by any Artifice performed by Fire, to which our Operation can congruously and profitably come; it being so firmly and radically united therein. And this is proved by Experiment: for We see the adustible Sulphureity to be abolished by Fire, but the fixed Sulphureity not so. Therefore, when We say, Bodies are cleansed by Calcination, you must understand that to be meant of the Earthy Substance, which is not united in the Radix of their Nature. For it is not possible, by the Art of Fire to cleanse what is united; unless the Medicine of Argentvive (hiding and contempering that, or separating it from the Mixture) have access.  
Separation of an Earthy Substance from its Compound, which in the root of Nature is united to a Metal, is thus: Either it is made by Elevation, with things elevating the Substance of Argentvive, and leaving the Sulphureity, by reason of its conveniency with them, as is Tutia and Marchasite; because they are Fumes, part of which is a greater Quantity of Argentvive than of Sulphur. The Experience of this you may see, when you shall join these with Bodies in a strong and sudden Fusion; for these Spirits in their Flight carry up the Bodies with them: Therefore you may elevate with them. Or else, by a Lavation with Commixtion with Argentvive, as We have told you. For Argentvive holds what is of its own Nature, but casts out what is alien.   

CHAP. IX.  
Of the Nature of Jupiter, or Tin.  
THis Investigation being proposed, following our purpose, We say, That if Sulphur in the Radix of the Commixtion, shall be participating of small Fixation, White with Whiteness not pure, not overcoming, but overcome, commixed with Argentvive partly fixed, and partly not fixed, white and impure; from that Mixtion Tin must needs follow. The Probation of these you will find by Preparation. For, when you calcine Tin, you find a Sulphureous stink to arise from it; which is a sign of Sulphur not fixed. And although it yield no Flame, you must not therefore think it fixed. For it gives no Flame, not by reason of Fixation, but by reason of the Superancy of Argentvive in the Commixtion, preserving from Combustion. Therefore, in Tin is proved a twofold Sulphureity, and also a twofold Substance of Argentvive. One Sulphureity is less fixed, because in calcining it casts out a stink as Sulphur. The Experience of the Mixture is proved by the First. The other is proved to be more fixed, by the continuation of it in its Calx, in the Fire which it hath, and yet it stinks not. That there is also a twofold Substance of Argentvive in it, whereof one is not fixed, and the other fixed, is proved; because it makes a crashing noise before its Calcination, but after it hath been thrice calcined, that crashing is not; the reason of this, is, because the fugitive Substance of its Argentvive, making that crashing, is flown away. That the fugitive Substance of Argentvive is a Cause making that Stridor, or crashing, is proved by washing Lead with Argentvive. For if Led be washed with Argentvive, and after its washing melted in Fire not exceeding the Fire of its Fusion, with it will remain part of the Argentvive, which gives this Stridor to the Lead, and turns it into Tin. But on the contrary you may consider that also, by the Mutation of Tin into Lead: For by a manifold Repetition of its Calcination, and the Administration of Fire convenient for its Reduction, it is turned into Lead: but especially, when by substraction of its Scoria it is calcined with great Fire.  
Touching the Diversities of these Substances you may be ascertained, by the Knowledge of Conservation of them in proper Instruments, and in the Measure of Fire dividing them: to which we have attained with Instance of Labour, and have seen with certain Assurance, that We judged of the Truth by the same. But seeing it is expedient, We should inform you what that is, which remains after the removal from Jupiter, of these two Substances, viz. of Sulphur and Argentvive, that you may completely know the Composition of Tin, We say, it is livid, and ponderous as Led, yet partaking of greater Whiteness, than Led: therefore it is most pure Lead. And in it is the Equality of Fixation of the two Things compounding, viz. of Argentvive and Sulphur; but not Equality of Quantity; because in the Commixtion, the Argentvive overcomes. The sign of which is the Easiness of Ingress of Argentvive in its Nature into it. Therefore, if in it were not a greater Quantity of Argentvive, the same (taken in its Nature) would not easily adhere to it. Wherefore it adheres not to Mars, unless with most subtle Ingenuity; nor unto Venus, by reason of the paucity of Argentvive in it, in its Commixtion. And this is evident, because it adheres to Mars most difficultly, but to Venus' more easily; because that hath a greater abundance of Mercury, than Mars. The sign of this, is the easy Fusion of one, but most difficult Fusion of the other.  
But the Fixion of these two Substances remaining, approacheth nigh to firm Fixation; yet it is not therefore perpetually fixed. And the Probation of this, is the Calcination of its Body; and after Calcination, the exposing of the same to most strong Fire. For by that, Division is not made; but the whole Substance ascends: yet more purified. Therefore We see the burning Sulphur in Tin to be more easily separated, than the same in Lead. And an Experiment of this you see by the easy Induration (or hardening) of Tin, its Calcination, and the Melioration of its Brightness. Whence We have considered, that these corrupting Properties were not in the Radix of it, but had access to it afterward. And, because they were not much conjoined to it in the first Commixtion, therefore they may easily be separated. For this Cause, the Alterations in it are of a swift Work, viz. its Mundification, Induration, and Fixation. And you may manifestly consider the Causes of these, by what are above delivered. And because, after these Operations, viz. Calcination and Reduction, We considered in its Fume a Citrinity (or Yellowness) which We saw to arise by great Elevation, and Expression of Fire; by which, being of the Property of Sulphur calcined, We judged with a true Estimation, in which We were assured, that it contained in itself much of the Nature of fixed Sulphur.  
Therefore they, who would see the Truth in this our Science, let them study the Investigation of all these Things, with diligence of Labour, until by the same they find out the Principles of Bodies and Properties of Spirits, with a certain (not conjectural) Invention; which in this our Volume We have sufficiently treated of, according to the Exigency of Art.   

CHAP. X.  
Of the Nature of Saturn, or Led.  
IT now remains, that We come to the Description of Saturn; of which We say it differ not from Tin, after repeating its Calcination, to the Reduction thereof; except that it hath a more unclean Substance, commixed of the two more gross Substances, viz. of Sulphur and Argentvive; and that the Sulphur in it is burning, and more adhesive to the Substance of its own Argentvive; and that it hath more of the Substance of fixed Sulphur to its Composition, than Jupiter hath. The Probations of these We infer by manifest Experiences.  
That it is of greater Earthy Feculency than Jupiter, is manifested by the Sight, and by the Washing of it with Argentvive, in this, viz. That more Feculency comes from it in the Washing than from Jupiter; and that it takes the first Degree of Calcination more easily than Tin, which is a Sign of much Earthiness. For We find Bodies of more Earthiness, of more easy Calcination; and of less Earthiness of more difficult Calcination. The Probation of this is, the most difficult Calcination of Gold completely. And because its Foulness is not rectified, as in Jupiter, by repeated Calcinations, that is a sign of greater Impurity in its Principles, in its own Nature, than in Tin, in its Nature.  
And that the Quantity of its Combustible Sulphur, is more adhesive ro the Substance of Argentvive in it, than in Tin; is manifest by this, viz. That the said Quantity is not separated from it in Fume, but it is of a Citrine Colour of much Yellowness, the like of which is remaining below with what is in the Bottom; which must necessarily be a sign of one of these three Things: either that it hath none, or a very small Quantity of Combustible Sulphur in it; or that it hath much conjoined in the nearness of its Principles, to the Radix of its Commixtion. But We are assured by the Odour thereof, that it hath some Quantity; and not a little, but much: because that Odour of Sulphureity is not removed from it in a short time. Therefore We have considered with a consideration, by which We are assured that burning Sulphur, approaching to the Nature of fixed not burning Sulphur, is uniformly commixed in the Substance of Argentvive. Therefore, when the Fume of it ascends, it must necessarily ascend with the Sulphur not burning, of the Property of which it is, viz. to create Citrinity.  
But that the Quantity of Sulphur not burning is greater in it, than in Tin, is affirmed by Us most truly; because We see the whole Colour of it to be changed into Citrine, but of Tin into White, in their Calcinations. Therefore in this, to us is open the Way of finding out the Cause of this Work, by which Jupiter (in Calcination) is more easily changed into an hard Body than Saturn; but not sooner into slowness of Liquefaction than Saturn. And that therefore is, because the Cause of the Hardness of Nature is Sulphur and Argentvive fixed: but the Cause of Liquefaction is twofold, viz. Argentvive and combustible Sulphur. One of which, as to Perfection of Fusion, is sufficient in each Degree thereof; namely, Argentvive, with Ignition, and without Ignition. Therefore, seeing in Jupiter is a large Quantity of Argentvive not truly fixed, a ready swiftness of Liquefaction remains in it, and is not easily separated therefrom. The Cause of Mollification is also twofold, viz. Argentvive, and Combustible Sulphur. And because the burning Sulphureity is more easily removed from Jupiter, than from Saturn; therefore, one of the Causes of Softness being removed from it, it must necessarily be hardened, being calcined. But Saturn, because it hath both the Causes of Softness strongly conjoined, is not easily hardened.  
Yet there is a Diversity in Softness by Argentvive, and in Softness by Sulphur: because Softness by Sulphur is Cessive, but Softness by Argentvive is Extensive. And this must necessarily be proved by Sight; seeing We see Bodies of much Argentvive, to be of much Extension; but Bodies of little, of little. Therefore Jupiter is more easily and more subtly extended, than Saturn; Saturn more easily than Venus; Venus, than Mars; Luna more subtly than Jupiter; but Sol more subtly than Luna. Therefore, 'tis manifest, that the Cause of Induration (or Hardening) is fixed Argentvive, or fixed Sulphur. But the Cause of Softness is opposite. The Cause of Fusion is twofold, viz. Sulphur not fixed, and Argentvive of whatsoever kind it is. Sulphur not fixed is necessarily a Cause of Fusion, without Ignition. And you manifestly see the Experience of this, by Projection of Arsenic upon Bodies difficultly fusible; for it makes them of easy Fusion, without Ignition. And the Cause of easy Fusion is likewise Argentvive: but the Cause of Fusion with Ignition, is fixed Argentvive. Therefore the Cause of Impediment of every Fusion, is fixed Sulphur.  
From what is now mentioned, you may collect a very great Secret: Namely, That seeing Bodies of greatest Perfection are found to contain the greatest Quantity of Argentvive; Bodies diminished from Perfection, holding more of the Quantity of Argentvive, must needs be more approximate to the Perfect. Therefore it also follows, that Bodies of much Sulphureity, are Bodies of much Corruption. Wherefore, from the above alleged, it is now evident, that Jupiter is mostly approximated to the Perfect, seeing it precipitates more of Perfection, but Saturn less; and Venus yet less, and Mars lest of that, on which Perfection depends. And otherwise they differ in themselves, as to Medicine, completing and supplying the Defect, and perfectly attenuating the spissitude of Bodies to their Profundity, and covering the Cloudiness of the same, under a Substance of splendent Brightness. For the most perfective of Medicine is Venus; but Mars less; Jupiter yet less; and Saturn lest of all. From these therefore, by the Truth-telling Search of Labour, according to the Diversity of Bodies, divers Medicines are found out, by Preparation. For the hard Body, that can endure Ignition, requires one Medicine; but the soft, that abides not Ignition, another. That one may be mollified, and attenuated in its Profundity, and in its Substance equalised; but the other hardened, and its occult Parts inspissated.  
Therefore it concerns Us now, to pass from these to Medicines, with manifest Experiences, setting down the Causes of divers Medicines; and what they leave diminished, and what they deduce to compleatment.    

The Second Part of this Second Book, Of Medicines in general, and of the necessity of Perfection of the Medicine perfecting all imperfect Bodies; and from what Thing it may best, and more nearly be exttacted.  

CHAP. I.  
That of every imperfect Body, and also of Argentvive, the Medicine must necessarily be twofold, viz. One for the White, and the other for the Red: yet that We are excused from these, by one only most perfect Medicine.  
WE prove, that Spirits are more assimilated to Bodies, than any other Thing in Nature, by this, viz. Because they are more united, and more friendly to Bodies, than all other Things. Therefore, We accordingly affirm, that these Alterations of Bodies, in the first Invention, are their true Medicine. And We have exercised ourselves in every kind of Ingenuity, that thereby We might transform every of the imperfect Bodies, with firm Mutation, into a perfect Lunar and Solar Body. Wherefore, We find that Medicine for them must necessarily be created Divers, according to the divers Intention of Bodies to be altered. And since Metals to be altered are of a twofold kind, viz. Argentvive coagulable in Perfection, and Bodies diminished from Perfection; and these again manifold, some being hard, sustaining Ignition, but others soft not abiding the same (the hard are Mars and Venus, the soft Saturn and Jupiter) the Medicine perfective must likewise be manifold necessarily. For although Mars and Venus be of one kind, yet they differ in a certain special Property: the one being not fusible, but the other fusible. Therefore Mars is perfected with one Medicine, and Venus with another: and indeed the first is totally unclean, but the other not. Also this partakes of a certain dull Whiteness, but that of Redness and Greenness: which do likewise impose a necessity of Diversity in the Medicine.  
Also soft Bodies of the other kind, viz. Jupiter, and Saturn, seeing they no less differ, do necessarily need a divers Medicine likewise. For this, viz. Jupiter is clean; but that not. And indeed all these are rendered more mutable, now made Lunar, than Solar Bodies; therefore the Medicine of each of them must be twofold. One Citrine, changing into a Citrine Solar Body; the other White, changing likewise into a White Lunar Body. Therefore, since in every of the imperfect Bodies is found a twofold Matter, viz. Solar and Lunar; the Medicines perfecting all Bodies, will in the Sum be Eight. So also Argentvive is perfected into a Solar and Lunar Body; therefore of the Medicine altering it, there is a twofold Difference. Wherefore all the Medicines, which We have invented, with their Totality, for the complete Alteration of every imperfect Body, will be Ten.  
But We were desirous, with constant and continued Labour, and the industry of great Indagation, to be excused from the Labour of these ten Medicines, by the benefit of one only Medicine; and with Our long and very laborous Search, We found, and with certain Experience, made one Medicine, by which the hard was softened, the soft Body hardened, the fugitive fixed, and the foul illustrated with splendour ineffable, and beyond Nature. Nevertheless 'tis here expedient we should particularly speak of all these Medicines, with their their Causes, and the manifest Experiences of their Probations. Therefore first We will declare the Series of the ten Medicines, and accordingly of all Bodies, then of Argentvive, and lastly proceed to the Medicine of the Magistery perfecting all Bodies, yet with the Preparation imperfect Bodies need. And lest We should be carped at by the Envious, as delivering an insufficient Treatise of Art, We first of all here present a Declaration of the Preparations of all the imperfect Bodies, assigning the Causes of the Necessity of their Inventions, by which (in our Artifice) they are rendered apt to receive the Medicine of Perfection, in every Degree of Whiteness and Redness, and to be perfected by the same. But after these shall be added a sufficient and congruous Narration of all the Medicines .   

CHAP. II.  
That every of the imperfect Bodies ought to have its peculiar Preparation.  
FRom what We have already discoursed, 'tis apparent that what Nature left Superfluous, or Deficient in every of those Bodies, that are imperfect, hath been in part declared; but here We intent in a more sufficient Discourse to complete what We above omitted relating hereunto. Therefore, since it happens, that the mutable Bodies of Imperfection are of a twofold kind, viz. Soft and Ignible (or burnable by Fire) as Saturn and Jupiter; and Hard, and not Fusible, or Fusible with Ignition, as Mars and Venus; the first indeed not Fusible, but the other Fusible with Ignition: Nature hath taught us, necessarily informing, that according to the Diversity of their Essences, in the Radix of their Nature, divers Preparations, according to their Indigency, must be administered to them. There are two Bodies of Imperfection of one kind, that need to be transformed, viz. Led, which is called Black, and by Art Saturn; and Crashing Lead, which is called White, and in the Sentence of Art, Jupiter; which from the innate Root of their Nature, are divers each from other, in the Profundity of their occult Parts, and likewise in their Manifest. For Saturn is cloudy, livid, ponderous, and black, without Stridor (or Crashing) totally mute; but Jupiter white, a little livid, but crashing much, and of moderate Sound, yielding Brightness. The Differences of which in their Profundity, with their necessary Causes, We intent to show you with manifest Experiences.  
From which Causes of Difference, according to more and less, the well disposed Artist collects the Order of Preparations. We therefore, according to Order, first declare the Preparations of Bodies; but afterward of Argentvive coagulable. Yet first of one kind, viz. Of Softness; and after this, of the other. And accordingly, the Preparation of Saturn and Jupiter, of the first kind of Bodies, shall be described first; afterward, the Preparation of the other shall follow according to their determinate Order. For in the Preparation of Bodies, nothing of Superfluity is to be removed from their profound Part, but rather from the manifest.   

CHAP. III.  
That the Defect of imperfect Metals ought to be supplied by Medicine, but their Superfluity removed by Preparation.  
A manifold Preparation may be adhibited to the Essence of Saturn, and of Jupiter likewise, according to the Degree of their manifold Approximation to Perfection, or Elongation from it. Therefore, since of things indeed corrupting in their Profundity, there is one Thing advenient from the innate Radix of their Nature, and that is the Earthiness of Sulphureity, and the Impurity of the Earth of Argentvive, commixed with the essential Nature of them, in the Beginning of their Creation; and an other Thing supervenient, after the first Mixtion of them inferring Corruption, and this is a burning Sulphureity of the first kind, and the Impurity thereof, and a foul Substance of Argentvive; therefore these are the Things corrupting the Substance of Perfection of Saturn and Jupiter. One of these it is impossible to remove, by the Medicine of any Industry, it being of the first Order: but the other may be removed with a little help. The first indeed seems impossible to be extirpated; because in the Principles of the proper Nature of Bodies of this kind, the aforesaid were mixed into a true Essence, and made one true Essence. Therefore, seeing it is not possible to remove the true Essence of any Thing in Nature, the Thing itself remaining; it is impossible to separate these Corrupting Things from them.  
For this Cause, some Philosophers have thought the Art not possible to be attained to by This: and We, and indeed other Searchers of this Science, in Our time, have come to this very State, viz. That We likewise, could by no way of Ingenious Preparation illustrate Bodies, with compleatment of their Brightness, but happened, that they were totally infected, and blackened rather. By reason of this, We also, as well as they, were driven to Amazement, and for a long space of time lay under the Shade of Desperation. Yet returning to Our Selves, and being perplexed with the immense Trouble of infinite Thoughts and Meditations, We considered Bodies diminished from Perfection, to be foul in the Profundity of their Nature, and nothing fulgid (or purely clean) to be found in them; because it was not in them according to Nature. For that is not found in a Thing, which is not in it. Therefore, seeing nothing of Perfection is found in them, therefore necessarily also, in the same nothing Superfluous remains to be found, in Separation of the divers Substances in them, and in the Profundity of their Nature. Wherefore, by this We found somewhat to be diminished in them, which must necessarily be completed, by Matter convenient for it, and completing the Defect.  
Diminution in them is, the Paucity of Argentvive, and not right Spissation of the same. Therefore Compleatment in them will be Multiplication of Argentvive, good Inspissation, and permanent Fixion. But this is performed by a Medicine created of that. For this Medicine, when deduced into an Esse from Argentvive, by the benefit of its Lucidity and Splendour, hides and covers their Cloudiness, draws forth their Splendour, and converts the same into Brightness. And when Argentvive, prepared into a Medicine, is cleansed by Our Artifice, reduced to a most pure, and most bright Substance, and projected upon Bodies diminished from Perfection, it will illustrate, and by its Fixion perfect them. This Medicine, We will declare in its due time and place.  
Now from the foregoing, it necessarily follows, that a twofold Invention of Perfection will be necessary; one indeed by the Matter, which separates the foul Substance from the Mixture; but the other by a Medicine, which may cover it with the Splendour of its Brightness, and illustrating adorn the same. Therefore, since it happens, that nothing superfluous, but rather diminished, is found in the Profundity of Bodies; and if it be expedient, that what is Superfluous should absolutely be removed; that, supervenient from the manifest part of its Nature, must necessarily be both taken away, and removed, with divers Preparations; which in the following Discourse We think fit to declare: first speaking of Jupiter and Saturn, and afterward, of the other, according to Order.   

CHAP. IU.  
Of the Preparation of Saturn and Jupiter.  
SAturn and Jupiter are prepared, with manifold Preparations, according to the necessity of greater Approximation to Perfection: viz. By a common and special way of Preparation. The Common is by manifold Degrees of Approximation to Perfection. For, there is one Degree of Approximation, viz. Brightness from the Substance clean. A second is Hardness, with Ignition of its Fusion. And a third, is Fixation, by removal of its fugitive Substance. Therefore they are cleansed and made bright threefoldy: either by things mundifying, or by the way of Calcination and Reduction, or by Solution. So by things purifying, they are cleansed two ways; either reduced into Calx, or in the Nature of Bodies. Reduced into Calx they are purified in this manner; either by Salts, or by Allomes, or by Glass: and the way is thus: When the Body is calcined, then upon its Calx is poured the Water of Alloms, or of Salts, or Glass is mixed with it, and it reduced to a Body. Therefore this must so often be reiterated upon these Bodies, as until they show themselves completely clean. For seeing Salts, and Allomes, and Glass, are fused with another Fusion, than Bodies; therefore they are separated from them, and retain with themselves the Earthy Substance, the Purity of Bodies being only left. Another way of purifying these, is thus:  
Let these two Bodies be very subtly filled; and with these Filings, Alloms, Salts, and Glass mixed, and then reduced into Body. And this Labour repeated so often, as until they be well cleansed. Also, they are cleansed by a Lavament with Argentvive, the Way of which We have given. Likewise, these Bodies are cleansed, by reiteration of their Calcination and Reduction, with sufficient Fire, until they appear more clean. For, by this Mundification, these Bodies diminished from Perfection, are freed from a twofold corrupting Substance; one being inflammable and fugitive, but the other an earthy Feculency. And that therefore is, because the Fire elevates and consumes every fugitive Substance: and the same Fire likewise, in the way of Reduction, divides every Substance of Earth, with its Proportion. This Proportion We have made mention of in Our other Volume (Entitled Of the Investigation of Perfection) which according to Order precedes this Book. For in that, We writ whatsoever We had searched out, according to the Reason of Our own Mind; but here, what We have seen and handled, We have completely determined, according to the Order of Science.  
Also, these Bodies are cleansed by Solution of their Substance (the way of which We have already declared) and by Reduction of that likewise, which is dissolved from them. For that Solution reduced, is found more clean and more perfect, in this same way of Preparation, than in any other kind of Preparation whatsoever. And no way is comparable to this, except that, which is made by Sublimation; and therefore this is equivalent to that. There is likewise a Preparation of them, which is the Induration (or hardening) of their soft Substance, with Ignition in their Fusion. And it is this: With them the fixed Substance of Argentvive, or of Sulphur fixed, or of its Compeer, must be mixed in their Profundity; or they must be mixed with hard and not fusible Things, as is the Calx of Marchasite and Tutia. For these are united with, and embraced by them, and harden them so, as they flow not, until they are red hot.  
This same is likewise completed by Medicine perfecting; the Narration of which We intent to give. And another way of Preparation likewise is, by removal of their fugitive Substance: and this is effected by Conservation of them, after the first Degree of Calcination, in Fire proportional to them. And because Order is necessarily required in the ways of Preparations; therefore We here set down the complete Order of preparing them. First therefore, all their fugitive and corrupting Adustive Substance, must be cleansed from them; then their Earthy Superfluity taken away. Afterward they must be dissolved and reduced, or completely washed with a Lavament of Argentvive. This Order is profitable and necessary.  
Yet the special Preparation of these Bodies, and first of Jupiter, is manifold. One is by Calcination; and by this its Substance is more hardened: which happens not to Saturn. Also by Alloms, for these properly harden Jupiter. Another Preparation is, by Conservation of it in the Fire of its Calcination. For by this it loseth its Stridor (or Crashing) and Fraction of Bodies likewise; which in the like manner happens not to Saturn: because that hath no Stridor; nor doth it break Bodies. And by Reiteration of Calcination, with the Acuity of Salt, it also loseth its Stridor. But secondarily, the special Preparation of Saturn, is by Calcination with the Acuity of Salt: for by this it is hardened, and by Talk especially it is deal bated, and by Marchasite and Tutia likewise. All the ways of these Preparations We have more completely determined, in Our aforesaid Book, entitled. Of the Investigation of Perfection; for here in this We have abbreviated the Summaries of them.   

CHAP. V.  
Of the Preparation of Venus.  
THereford, imitating the Order of the premised, We declare the Preparations of two Bodies likewise. But first of Venus, afterward of Mars. The way of the Preparation of Venus is manifold. One way is by Elevation, but another is completed without Elevation. The way by Elevation is, that Tutia be taken, with which Venus well agrees, and that it be ingeniously united with it. Then it must be put in its Vessel of Sublimation to be sublimed, and by a most excelling degree of Fire it's more subtle part elevated; which will be found of most bright Splendour. Or it may be mixed with Sulphur, and then elevated by its now mentioned way of Elevation. But without Sublimation, it is prepared, either by cleansing Things, in its Calx, or in its Body; as by Tutia, Salt, and Allomes, or by a Lavament of Argentvive, the way of which We have given: or else by Calcination and Reduction of that, which is dissolved into the Nature of Body; or (as We said) it is cleansed by a Lavament of Argentvive, as all other Bodies diminished from Perfection are.   

CHAP. VI  
Of the Preparation of Mars.  
THe Preparations of Mars are likewise manifold. For some are completed by Sublimation, and some without Sublimation. That which is made by Sublimation, is with Arsenic, and that in this manner: We endeavour to unite with it Arsenic not fixed, as profoundly as We can; that in Fusion it may melt with the same. But afterward it is sublimed in a proper Vessel of Sublimation. And this Preparation, among all other, is found the best and most perfect. There is also another Preparation of Mars, by Arsenic sublimed often times from it, until some Quantity of the Arsenic itself remain. For if this be reduced, it will flow out white, clean, fusible, and well prepared. There is likewise a third way of Preparation of the same, by Fusion of it with Lead and Tutia. For from these it flows clean and white.  
But because We seem not to have spoken sufficiently, having before promised We would determinately speak of the Ingenious Mollification of Hard Bodies, and of the Induration (or Hardening) of the Soft, by way of Calcination; therefore We must not omit that, but will first speak of the Soft, and afterward of the Hard. The way is thus: Argentvive precipitated must be dissolved, and the calcined Body (which you have intention to harden) dissolved likewise. Both these Solutions must be mixed together, and the calcined Body mixed with them by frequent Imbibitions, etc. continually grinding, imbibing, calcining, and reducing, until it be made hard and fusible with Ignition. The very same may also completely be effected, with the Calx of Bodies, and Tutia and Marchasite, calcined, dissolved, and imbibed. And indeed, the more clean these are, so much the more perfectly do they change.  
Even so, hard Bodies are made soft with like Ingenuity; the way is this: They must be conjoined and sublimed often with Arsenic, and after sublimation of the Arsenic assated (or calcined) with their due Proportion of Fire; the measure of which We have declared in our Book of Furnaces. And lastly, they are reduced with the force of their proper Fire (mentioned in its place) until in Fusion they wax soft, according to the Exigency of the hardness of the Body. And indeed all these Alterations are of the first Order, without which our Magistery is not perfected.   

CHAP. VII.  
Of the Mundification of Argentvive.  
THerefore, 'tis now necessary completely to declare the Mundification of Argentvive. In order to which, We say, Argentvive is cleansed two ways; either by Sublimation, of which We shown the way already; or by a Lavament, of which the way is this: Pour Argentvive into an Earthen or Stone Dish, and upon it pour as much Vinegar as is sufficient to cover it. Then set it over a gentle Fire, and let it heat so far, as you may well hold your fingers in it, and not more. This being done, stir it about with your Fingers, until it be divided into most small particles, in the similitude of Powder; and continue stirring it, until all the Vinegar you put in be wholly consumed. Then wash the Earthiness remaining with Vinegar, and cast that away: repeating the same washing so often, as until the Earthiness of the Mercury be changed into a most perfect Celestine Colour, which is a sign it is perfectly washed. From these, We must now pass to Medicines.   

CHAP. VIII.  
That five different Properties of Perfection necessarily constitute a most perfect Medicine: whence it may be conjectured, from what Things this Medicine is to be taken.  
WE first offer an Universal Discourse, touching Medicines, with their Causes, and manifest Experiences. We therefore affirm, that unless every Thing superfluous (either by Medicine or by the way of Preparation) be taken away from imperfect Bodies; that is to say, if from them be not removed every superfluous Sulphureity, and every unclean Earthiness, they cannot be purified, viz. so, as that in Fusion they be not separated from the Commixtion, after projection of the Medicine altering them. When you have found this, you have found one of the five Differences of Perfection. Likewise, if the Medicine do not illustrate and alter into a White or Citrine Colour (according to what your intent is) which infers a splendent Brightness, and pleasant Lucidity, Bodies diminished from Perfection are not perfected in an entire Compleatment. Moreover, if to it you give not Lunar, or Solar Fusion, determinately, the Body is not alterable in Compleatment; because it abides not in the Trials: but is altogether separated, and recedes from the Commixtion. But this, more amply determined by us, is demonstrated in the following, in the Chapter of Cineritium. Fourthly, if the Medicine be not perpetuated with firm Alteration of Impression, the Mutation of it avails not, because it is not permanent, but the Impression vanisheth. Lastly, If it give not Weights of Perfection, it changeth not with a firm and true Compleatment of Nature, in which no fraud may be admitted through the Error of Credulity. For the Weight of Nature is one of the signs of Perfection.  
Therefore, seeing the Differences of Perfection are five, it is manifest, that there is a necessity, the Medicine of our Magistery should exhibit these Differences in Projection. By this, it is apparent, from what Things our Medicine should be extracted. For it must be prepared of those Things, which nearly adjoined to Bodies, readily alter, and amicable adhere to them in their profundity. Wherefore, We, searching into all other Things, by our Investigation found not any other Thing more friendly to the Natures of Bodies, than Argentvive, prepared by this our Work; We clearly discerned it to be the true Medicine of Alterables in Compleatment, with a true and not moderately peculiar Alteration.   

CHAP. IX.  
Of Preparations to be adhibited to the Medicine, that it may acquire the due Differences of Properties.  
NOW it remains, that We determinately describe the Substance thereof, and the Differences of the Properties of the Substance. And seeing We found it not to change, without the Administration of Alteration of its Nature, We also found that it ought necessarily to be prepared; because it cannot be mixed in the profundity of Bodies, without the Method of its Preparation. Which is, that the Substance of it be made such, as it may be permixed in the profundity, even to the profundity of the Body alterable, without Separation for ever. But this cannot be effected, unless it be very much subtiliated, with certain and determinate Preparation mentioned in the Chapter of Sublimation. Likewise, its Impression cannot be permanent, unless it be fixed; nor can it illustrate, unless its most splendid Substance be extracted from it, with the Ingenuity of its Method, and Way of Operation, by congruous Fire. Also this Medicine cannot have perfect Fusion, unless great Caution be used in its Fixation, that it may soften hard Bodies, and harden the soft. For it is only such, when a sufficiency of its Humidity is preserved, proportionate to the Exigency of that Fusion which is sought.  
Therefore, by the foregoing, 'tis evident, that such a Preparation should be administered to it, as by which, of it may be created a most fulgent and purely clean Substance. Then it must be fixed, but with very great Caution, viz. the Artificer must be so well skilled in the Administration of Fire, in the Way of its Fixation, that he may only so far remove the Humidity, as shall be sufficient for completing perfect Fusion. The way of effecting this, is thus: If you would by this Medicine mollify Bodies hard of Fusion, in the beginning of its Creation, a gentle Fire must be adhibited. For gentle Fire is Conservative of Humidity, and Perfective of Fusion. But if you would have it harden soft Bodies, its Fire must be vehement. For such Fire is Consumptive of Humidity, and hindering Fusion. And indeed, it is expedient for every well minded Artificer, to consider all these Rules. Also, there is a necessity of many other Considerations of the Weight, with their Causes, and congruous Order. For the Cause of great Weight is the Subtilety of the Substance of Bodies, and Uniformity in the Essence. And by this, the parts of them may be so condensate, as nothing can come between; and the Densation of Parts is the increase of Weight, and the Perfection thereof.   

CHAP. X.  
Of the Differences of Medicines, viz. that some are of the first Order, some of the second, and others of the third.  
THerefore it is evident, that Subtlety is necessarily required, as well in the Preparation of Bodies, as in the Way of perfecting the Medicine by the Artifices of the Work: because of how much the greater Weight Bodies to be transmuted are, of so much and greater perfection they are found in our Investigation by Art. Wherefore, our Discourse of Medicines will be rendered profitable, if We declare the Differences of all Medicines. In order to which, We say, there is necessarily a threefold Difference of Medicines. One is of the first Order, another of the second, and another of the third.  
A Medicine of the first Order, I call every Preparation of Minerals, which projected upon Bodies diminished from Perfection, impresseth Alteration: which infers not a sufficient Compleatment, but the altered Body happens to be changed and corrupted, with the total Evaporation of the Impression of the Medicine thereof: As is every Sublimation dealbative of Venus, or Mars, which receives not Fixation. And of this kind is every Additament of the Colour of Sol, and Luna, or of Venus commixed, and set in a Furnace of Cementation, as Ziniar, and the like. For this changeth with a Mutation not durable, but rather diminishing itself by Exhalation.  
A Medicine of the second Order, I call every Preparation, which, when it is projected upon Bodies diminished from Perfection, altars them, to some Difference of Compleatment, altogether leaving the other Differences of Corruption; as is the Calcination of Bodies, by which all that is fugitive is burnt away. And of this kind is a Medicine colouring Luna perpetually yellow, or perpetually dealbating Venus, leaving other Differences of Corruption in them.  
A Medicine of the third Order I call every Preparation, which, when it comes to Bodies, with its projection, takes away all Corruption, and perfects them with the Difference of all Compleatment. But this is one only. And therefore, by it, We are excused from the Labours of the Invention of ten Medicines of the second Order.  
Therefore the Work of the first Order is called the Lesser,; the Work of the second, the Middle; but of the third, the Greater Work. And this Difference of all Medicines is sufficient.   

CHAP. XI.  
Of the Medicine of the first Order, dealbating Venus.  
ACcording to our Promise, We intent to declare the Differences of all Medicines of a determinate Order (seeing there is one Medicine of Bodies, and another of Argentvive: and of Bodies, one is of the first Order, another of the second, and another of the third; and so of Argentvive likewise) first, of the first; then of the second; and lastly, of the third Order. And We will in a complete speech, and congruous Order, first speak of the Medicine of Bodies, but afterward of Argentvive. Therefore, touching the Medicine of Bodies, of the first Order, We say, there is one of hard Bodies, another of the soft. Of hard Bodies, one is of Venus, another of Mars, another of Luna. That of Venus and Mars is the pure Dealbation of their Substance; but Luna, the Rubification of it, with Citrinity of a pleasing Brightness. For Rubification with apparent Brightness is not given to Venus and Mars, by Medicine of the first Order; because they being totally unclean, are unapt to receive the splendour of Redness, before they have been prepared with a Preparation inducing Brightness.  
Therefore We will first speak of all the Medicines of Venus, and afterward of Mars, which are comprised in the first Order. There is one Medicine whitening Venus, by Argentvive, and another by Arsenic. By Argentvive, the Medicine dealbating it is thus completed. First Argentvive precipitated is dissolved, then calcined Venus dissolved likewise. Both these Solutions are mixed in one, and projected upon the Body of Venus, after they are coagulated. This Medicine whitens and cleanseth Venus. Again otherwise: Argentvive and Lithargiry are dissolved apart, and the Solutions joined together; then a Calcination of the Body, which is intended to be Whitened, is dissolved likewise, and that Solution joined with the former, and then coagulated together: this Coagulate is projected upon the Body, and that is dealbated thereby. Otherwise, a Quantity of Argentvive is sublimed often from its Body, until part thereof remain with it, with complete Ignition. Then this Mixture is very often imbibed and ground with distilled Vinegar, that it may the better be mixed in the profundity thereof; than it is assated (or moderately calcined) and last fresh Argentvive is in like manner sublimed from it, and the remaining Matter again imbibed, and moderately calcined as before. And this Work is so often repeated, as until a large Quantity of the Argentvive reside in it with complete Ignition. This is a good Dealbation of the first Order. Otherwise: Argentvive in its proper Nature, is so often sublimed from Argentvive precipitated, until in it the same is fixed, and admits good Fusion. This fused Matter is projected upon the Substance of Venus, and that is peculiarly whitened. Otherwise Luna, and Lithargiry are dissolved apart, and the Solutions conjoined; and with them the Substance of Venus dealbated. But indeed, Venus is better whitened, if Argentvive be perpetuated in all the Medicines.  
It is whitened by Arsenic sublimed, thus: the Calcinate of Venus is taken, and upon that is repeated the Sublimation of Arsenic, until it remain therewith, and whiten it. But if you be not well skilled in the ways of Sublimation, Arsenic will not persevere in it with any Alteration. Therefore, after the first Degree of Sublimation, secondarily repeat the Work, after the same manner, as we taught in the Sublimation of Marchasite. Also Venus is otherwise Whitened: for if you project Arsenic sublimed upon Luna, and then the whole upon Venus, it dealbates that peculiarly. Or first mix Lithargiry, or burnt Led dissolved, with Luna, and upon these cast Arsenic and project the whole upon Venus, and so it will be Whitened. And this is a good Dealbation of the first Order. Or, upon Lithargiry alone dissolved and reduced, project Arsenic sublimed, and the whole of this upon Venus in flux: for it whitens the same with a curious Aspect.  
Or let Luna and Venus be commixed, and upon them project either of these above dealbative Medicines: For Luna is more friendly to Arsenic, than to any one of the Bodies, and therefore takes away Fraction from it: but Saturn secondarily, and therefore We mix it with them. But otherwise, We melt Arsenic sublimed, that it may be all in a lump; which being broken, We project piece after piece upon Venus. We command it to be projected in pieces, rather than in Powder; because Powder is more easily inflamed, than a lump; and therefore more easily vanisheth, than it, and is consumed before it can fall fiery hot upon the Body.  
In like manner the Redness is taken away from Venus, and it is whitened with Tutia. But because the Dealbation of Tutia sufficeth not, therefore it only gives a Citrine Colour. Yet every Citrination is of affinity to Whiteness. The way of this is thus: every kind of Tutia is calcined and dissolved, and Venus likewise; then both these Solutions are conjoined, and with them the Substance of Venus is citrinated. If you be well skilled in working with Tutia, you will find profit. But it is whitened with Marchasite sublimed, as with Sublimate Argentvive, and the way is the same.   

CHAP. XII.  
Of Medicines dealbating Mars.  
IT remains now, that We declare the Dealbations of Mars, by Medicines proper to it; which are, as to its Essence, of the first Order, according to which it hath not right Fusion. Therefore 'tis expedient We should dealbate it with a Medicine making it to flow. Every dealbative Medicine of Venus and Mars likewise, is with its preparation of the same Order. But the special fusive of it, is Arsenic of every kind. Therefore, with which soever it is dealbated and fused, it is convenient it should be conjoined, and washed with Argentvive, until all its Impurity be removed, and it be White, and fusible: or else let it be red hot with vehement Ignition, and upon it Arsenic projected; and when it shall be in flux, cast a Quantity of Luna thereon. For when that is united with it, it is not separated therefrom by any easy Artifice.  
Or else, let Mars be calcined, and all its Soluble Aluminosity, inferring Corruption, washed from it, by the way of Solution now mentioned. But afterward, cause cleansed Arsenic to be sublimed from it, and reiterate that Sublimation many times, until some part of the Arsenic be fixed therewith. Then, with a Solution of Lithargiry mix, imbibe, grind, and moderately calcine, several times; and lastly reduce it with the Fire We taught in the Reduction of Jupiter from its Calx. For from this it will go forth white, clean and fusible. Or only with sublimed Arsenic, in its Calx, let it be reduced, and it will flow out white, clean, and fusible. But 'tis expedient the Artificer should here observe the same Caution We gave above of Venus, in Reiteration of Sublimation of Arsenic (fixing itself in its profundity) from it. Mars is likewise whitened by Marchasite and Tutia, with the same Ingenuity and Industry We have declared. Yet the Dealbation, or Cleansing of these is not sufficient.   

CHAP. XIII.  
Of Medicines citrinating (or colouring) Luna.  
THerefore prosecuting the Order of the Premises, We with certain verity declare the Medicine (citrinating the Substance of Luna) in the Order of the first kind. This Medicine is that which adheres to the same in its profundity, and adhering colours, either by its proper Nature, or by the Artifice of this Magistery. Therefore, We declare that Medicine, which, arising from its own root, adheres to it. But there are Artifices, by which We make a Thing of every kind to adhere, with firm Ingress. Yet this Medicine We extract either from Sulphur, or from Argentvive, or from a Commixtion of both: by Sulphur more diminishedly, but by Argentvive more perfectly. Also this Medicine is made of certain Mineral Things, which are not of this kind; as is Vitriol and Copperas, which also is called Gum of Copper, and Stillacidy (or Distillation) of the same. Therefore first We will mention all the Methods of Medicines, which arise from Argentvive; then, those that are from Sulphur, or from a Commixtion of both; and lastly that Medicine, which is from the Gum of Copper, or the like.  
The Method of that, which is made by Argentvive, is this: Take Argentvive precipitate, viz. mortified and fixed by Precipitation; then put it in a Furnace of great Ignition, after the manner of Conservation of Calxes, which We have already taught, until it be red as Vsifur. But if it be not red, take a part of Argentvive not mortified, and with Sulphur reiterate the Sublimation thereof. Yet the Sulphur must be cleansed from all Impurity, and the Argentvive likewise. And after you have twenty times repeated the Sublimation of it upon the Precipitate, dissolve that with the dissolving sharpness of Waters, and again calcine and dissolve it, until it be exuberantly sufficient. After this, dissolve a part of Luna, and when dissolved, mix the Solutions, and Coagulate them, and project the Coagulate upon Luna in flux. For it will colour it much with a peculiar Citrinity. But if Argentvive in its precipitation be red, the aforesaid Administration, without Commixtion of any Thing tinging it, is sufficient for the perfection of its projection.  
By Sulphur, Luna is also rubified, but its Rubification is difficult, and immensly laborious. Luna is likewise citrinated with a Solution of Mars: but the necessity of this Work induceth us first to calcine it, and then to fix, which is an abundance of Labour. Afterward We administer it with the same Preparation, and the same Projection, pouring it upon the Substance of Luna. And yet thence results not a splendid bright Colour, but dull and livid, with a mortiferous Citrinity.  
But the way of colouring it, which is made by Vitriol, or Copperas, is thus: ℞ of either of them a certain Quantity, and sublime as much thereof, as can be sublimed, until with great expression of Fire it be sublimed. After this again sublime this Sublimate with Fire appropriate to it, that of it part after part may be fixed, until its greater part is fixed. But afterward, it must be warily calcined, that a greater Fire may be administered for its Perfection. This being done, it is dissolved into a most Red Water, that hath not its Peer. Then so operate, as you may give it Ingress into the Lunar Body. These Processes are sufficiently demonstrated to you, if you be a true Searcher of the perfect Work, as We have described it. For We, seeing things of this kind profoundly and amicably to adhere to Luna, have considered (and it is certain) that these are from its own Radix; and thence it is, that Luna is altered by them. These Medicines, which We have here inferred, are all of the first Order. Yet there may be manifold other Methods of these Medicines, salving the Essence of Pigmental Things, in the Variety of Methods. For the Medicine of Argentvive is not in this first Order, seeing it is not a Medicine altering Luna with one only Difference, but altogether in total Compleatment. Others have invented many Medicines, yet one of these two necessarily happens, viz. either they are constrained to create the Medicine of the same Things, or of Things having the same Nature; or else they compound a Medicine, which with its Alteration is equivalent to that, which it is not, and which neither confers to the Clean, nor to the Parts of the Clean, until the Mover, in the sublime Mobile of Nature, rests uncorrupt.   

CHAP. XIV.  
Of the Difference of Properties of Medicines of the second Order.  
NOW it is time We should pass on to Medicines of the second Order, with a Discourse truly sufficient according to their Exigency, and manifest Probations, with true Experience. Therefore, seeing the Medicine of Bodies to be cleansed is one, but of Argentvive perfectly coagulable another; We will first of all completely declare the Medicines of Bodies, and afterward the Medicine of the same Argentvive coagulable into a true Solifick, and Lunifick, or Solar and Lunar Body.  
A Medicine of the second Order is that, which doth indeed complete imperfect Bodies; but with one only difference of Perfection. Yet seeing there are many Causes of Corruption in every of the imperfect Bodies, viz. in Saturn, a volatile Sulphureity, flight of its Argentvive (by both which Corruption must necessarily be induced) and its Terrestreity; therefore the Medicine is made so, as it can indeed totally remove one of them, or covering it adorn the same; only leaving all other Causes of Imperfection. Therefore, forasmuch as in Bodies there is somewhat impermutable, which is innate in their Radix, and which cannot be taken away by Medicine of the second Order; that Medicine, which totally removes that from the Mixtion, is not called Medicine of the second, but of the third and greater Order. And, because We found Superfluities of things volatile to be removed by the way of Calcination, and the Earthiness not innate abolished by reiteration of Reduction; therefore, there was a necessity of inventing a Medicine of the second Order, which might indeed palliate (or cover) the innate, and mollify the hard, and harden the soft, viz. in hard and soft Bodies, according to Compleatment, not sophistical; but perfectly constitute a true Solifick, or Lunifick, of imperfect Bodies.  
Therefore, seeing it is manifest, that in Bodies only soft, the swiftness of Liquefaction cannot be taken away by the ingenious Artifices of this Work, nor the Impurity innate in the Radix of their Principles removed; the invention of a Medicine necessarily happened, that in projection could inspissate the Tenuity of them, and inspissating harden the same to a Sufficiency of Ignition with their Liquefafaction; and likewise in hard Bodies, attenuate their Spissitude, and attenuating deduce them to sufficient Velocity of Liquefaction, with their own property of Ignition; and palliating adorn the Clowdiness of Bodies of either Kind; and transform the one into White, and the other into Red, most perfect.  
This Medicine is not diversified from a Medicine of the third Order, unless by the Imperfection of lesser Preparation. And that it is not diversified from itself, is manifest, in the Projection of divers Bodies, and its Acceptation of Pigments; but in the way of Preparation only. For the Medicine inspissating the Tenuity of soft Bodies, needs one industry of Preparation; but, attenuating the Spissitude of hard Bodies, another. These indeed need the Method of Consumptive Fire; but those, the Administration of Conservation of their Humidity.   

CHAP. XV.  
Of a Medicine Lunar and Solar, for imperfect Bodies.  
WE now intent to complete our Universal Discourse of the Medicine of this second Order, with a certain and true determination. And first We will describe the Lunar Medicines of all imperfect Bodies, with the Differences of their Preparations: afterward the Solar, with their proper Differences likewise. We have already proved in our Discourse, that Sulphur is Corruptive of every kind of Perfection. But Argentvive is Perfective in the Works of Nature, with complete Regimens. Therefore We also, not changing, but imitating Nature, in what Works it is possible for Us to follow her; do likewise assume Argentvive in the Magistery of this Work, for a Medicine of each kind of Perfection, viz. Lunar and Solar, as well of imperfect Bodies, as of Argentvive Coagulable. But seeing, according to what We , We have said, that there is a twofold Difference of Medicine; one of Bodies, but the other of Argentvive truly coagulable; We are hence induced to give a certain Narration of Bodies first, and afterwards of Argentvive.  
The Matter, per se, of this Medicine of every kind, is one only; and it is what is already sufficiently known. Therefore take that, and if you would work according to the Lunar Order, We promised to show, learn to be expert in Operating, and prepare That, with the known Ways of this Magistery. The intention of which is, that you should divide the pure Substance from it, and fix part thereof; but leave a part for Cerating; and so proceeding through the whole Magistery, until you complete its desired Fusion. If it suddenly flow in hard Bodies, it is perfect; but in soft Bodies, the contrary. For this Medicine projected upon any of the imperfect Bodies, changeth it into a perfect Lunar Body, if the known Preparations have been first adhibited to this Medicine; but if not, it leaves the same diminished, yet in one only difference of Perfection, it perfects, as much as depends on the Administration of the Order of a Medicine of this kind. But according to the third Order, a certain due Administration not preceding, it perfects in Projection only.  
A Solar Medicine (of this second Order) of every of the imperfect Bodies, is the same Matter, and participates of the same Regimen of Preparation. Yet in this it differs, viz. that in the greater Subtiliation of Parts, by proper Ways of Digestion, and in the Commixtion of subtle Sulphur (with the Regimen of Preparation administered) with addition of the Matter now known. The Regimen of it, is the Fixation of pure Sulphur, and the Solution thereof, as is known. For with this the Medicine is tinged, and with it projected upon every of the Bodies diminished from Perfection, it completes the same in a Solar Compleatment, as much as depends on the Preparation of a Medicine of this second Order; the known and certain Administration of the Body diminished preceding. Also the same projected upon Luna, perfects it much, in a peculiar Solar compleatment.   

CHAP. XVI.  
Of the Medicine Coagulating Argentvive.  
ACcording to the Order of the Premises, it concerns us, for Compleatment of the Work, to proceed to the Narration of the Medicine coagulating Argentvive. Therefore We say it is taken, from such Matter, as the Matter of itself is, viz. according as is specified in many Chapters of this Work. And that is, because Argentvive, seeing it is easily fugitive, without any Inflammation, may suddenly adhere to it, in its profundity, and be conjoined with it through its least parts, and likewise inspissate, and conserve it in Fire by its own Fixation; until it be better able to sustain the force of Fire, consuming its Humidity; and convert it, by the benefit of this in a Moment, into true Solifick and Lunifick, according to that, for which the Medicine was prepared.  
But seeing We find not any Thing more to agree with it, than That, which is of its own Nature; therefore, by reason of this We judged, that with that the Medicine thereof might be completed; and We endeavoured by Ingenuity to make the Form of the Medicine agreeable to the same. That is to say, it must be prepared, in the Method and Way now mentioned, with the instance of long continued Labour; by which all the subtle, and most pure Substance of it may be rendered perfectly White in Luna, but intensely Citrine in Sol. Yet this cannot be completed so, as to create a Citrine Colour, without the Mixtion of a Thing tinging it, which is of its own Nature. But, with this most pure Substance of Argentvive the Medicine is perfected, by the Ingenuities of the Work of this Magistery, which most nearly adheres to Argentvive, and is most easily fluxed, and coagulates it. For it converts it into a true Solifick, and Lunifick, with preparation of that always preceding.  
The grand Question is, from what things this Substance of Argentvive may best be extracted. To which, We answering say, It must be taken from those Things, in which it is. But, according to Nature, it is as well in Bodies, as in Argentvive itself, seeing they are found to be of one Nature. In Bodies more difficultly, in Argentvive more nigh, but not more perfectly. Therefore, of what kind soever the Medicine is to be, the Medicine of the precious Stone must be as well sought in Bodies, as in the Substance of Argentvive.   

CHAP. XVII.  
How Ingress is procured in Medicines by Artifice.  
BUt, because it happens, that a Medicine is sometimes mixed, sometimes not; therefore We will declare the Way of permixing, viz. how every Thing, or each peculiar Medicine not entering, may most profoundly acquire Ingress into a Body. The Way is, by Dissolution of that which enters, and by Dissolution of that which enters not, and by Commixtion of both Solutions. For it makes every Thing to be ingressive, of what kind soever it be, that is through its least parts conjoined with it. Yet this is completed by Solution; and Fusion, in things not fusible, is completed by the same; therefore, they are the more apt to have Ingress, and to alter. This is the Cause, why We calcine some things, which are not of the Nature of these, viz. that they may the better be dissolved; and they are dissolved, that Bodies may the better receive Impression from them, and from them likewise, by these, be prepared and cleansed. Or We give Ingress to these, which are not permitted to enter by reason of their Spissitude, with manifold reiteration of the Sublimation, of Spirits not inflammable upon them, viz. of Arsenic, and Argentvive not fixed; or with manifold Repetition of the Solution of that which hath not Ingress.  
Yet, a good Caution for giving Ingress to Things impermixable, is that the Body be dissolved, which you would have to be changed and altered, by these; and the Things likewise dissolved, which you would have both to enter and to alter. Nevertheless, Solution cannot be made of all Parts, but of some; with which this or that Body, not another, must be imbibed time after time. For by this benefit it hath Ingress only into this, or that necessarily; but this doth not necessarily happen in any other Body. Therefore every Thing must needs have Ingress by these Ways, by the benefit whereof it depends on the Nature of that, to have ingress (as We said) and to alter, with Commixtion found out. By this precedent Discourse is completed the Number of ten Medicines, with a sufficient Tractation of them.   

CHAP. XVIII.  
Of the Medicines of the third Order in General.  
THerefore now We proceed to the Medicine of the third Order. Of this Order there is a twofold Medicine, viz. Solar and Lunar. Yet in Essence it is one, and in one Way of acting; and therefore by our Ancestors, whose Writings We have read, it is called One only Medicine. Nevertheless there is an additament of a Citrine Colour, made of the most clean Substance of Fixed Sulphur, which constitutes the Difference between this and that, viz. the Lunar and Solar Medicine; this containing that Colour in itself, but the other not. This Order is called the third Order of the greater Work: and that, because greater Sagacity of Industry is required in the Administration thereof, and in the preparation of its Perfection; also it needs longer labour for Compleatment of the Verity of the same.  
Therefore the Medicine of this Order is not divers in Essence from the Medicine of the second Order, unless by the most subtle Degrees of Preparation in Creation of it, and by the long continued Instance of Labour. All these Degrees We intent to declare with compleatment of Speech, and exactly show the Way of Preparation, with its Causes and manifest Experiences; and the many Degrees also of Ways of Preparation of this third Order. For the Solar Medicine needs one Way, in complete Preparation of Pigments; but the Lunar another. The first indeed, with the Administration of Sulphur tinging it; but the second, not.   

CHAP. XIX.  
Of the Lunar Medicine of the third Order.  
FIrst, We will declare the way of Administration of the Lunar Medicine, which is thus: ℞ the known Stone of it, and by the Way of Separation divide its most pure Substance, and keep it apart. Then fix some of that Part, which is most pure, leaving the Remainder. And when it shall be fixed, dissolve what is soluble of it, but what is not soluble, put to be calcined; and again dissolve the Calcinate, until again what is soluble of it be altogether dissolved. Continue this Process, until the greater Quantity be dissolved. Then mix all the Solutions together, and coagulate them. This being done, gently cocting, keep the Coagulate in a Temperate Fire, until greater Fire may commodiously be administered for its Perfection. Therefore reiterate all these Orders of Preparation upon it four times, and lastly calcine it by its own way: for so administering you have sufficiently governed the most precious Earth of the Stone. Then by the subtle Way of Ingenuity, conjoin a Quantity of the part above reserved, with part of this prepared Earth, through its least particles. This being done, with Intention of Elevation, sublime it by the aforesaid way of Sublimation, until the fixed with the not fixed, be totally elevated. Which if you see not, again add a Quantity of the not fixed Part, until enough be added for Elevation thereof. Therefore, when it shall be once all elevated, repeat its Sublimation, until by repetition of this Operation, it be totally fixed. When it shall be fixed, again imbibe it with Quantity after Quantity of the not fixed, by the Way to you known, until the whole shall again be elevated. Then a-again fix it, until it have easy Fusion, with its Ignition. For this is the Medicine, which transforms every Body diminished from Perfection, and every Argentvive of what kind soever, into a most perfect Lunar Body.   

CHAP. XX.  
Of the Solar Medicine of the third Order.  
THE Preparation of this Solar Medicine, is made with the Additament of Sulphur not burning, by Way of Fixation, and Calcination, perfectly administered with subtle Industry; and by manifold repetition of Solution, until it be rendered Clean. For by the perfect Administration of these preceding, its cleansing by Sublimation will be completed. The Way of this Additament, is thus:  
Reiterate the Sublimation of the not fixed part of the Stone, with this said Sulphur, ingeniously conjoining them, until they be first elevated together, and then fixed so, as to abide in the Heat of Fire without ascension. The oftener this Order of completing the Exuberancy, shall be repeated, the more will the Exuberancy of this Medicine be multiplied, and the more its Goodness augmented, and the Augmentation of the Perfection thereof highly multiplied also, We will here indeed, in a brief, complete, and known Speech (to stop the envious Clamours of the Impious) declare the whole Compleatment of this Magistery; which thus take:  
The Intention of it is, that by way of Sublimation, the Stone and its Additament may most perfectly be cleansed; and accordingly by the Way of Ingenuity, the fugitive fixed in them. Afterward, the Fixed made Volatile, and the Volatile again fixed. And in this Order is completed the most Precious Arcanum, which is above every Secret of the Sciences of this World, and is a Treasure inestimable. Do you dispose yourself by Exercise to it, with very great Instance of Labour, and with continuance of immense Meditation. For by these you will find it, but without them not. And indeed, in Preparation of the Stone, the Reiteration of the Goodness of Administration upon this Medicine, may with Industrious Wariness be so far available, as to enable it to change Argentvive into an infinite true Solifick, and Lunifick, and not need any thing more, than its Multiplication.  
Now let the High GOD of Nature, blessed and glorious, be praised, who hath revealed to Us the Series of all Medicines, with the Experience of them, which by the goodness of his Instigation, and by our own incessant Labour, We have searched out; and have seen with our Eyes, and handled with our Hands, the Compleatment thereof sought in our Magistery. But if We have concealed this, let not the Son of Learning wonder, For We have not concealed it from him, but have delivered it in such a Speech, as it must necessarily be hid from the evil, and unjust, and the unwise cannot discern it. Therefore, Sons of Doctrine, search ye, and ye will find this most excellent Gift of GOD reserved for you only. Ye Sons of Folly, Wickedness, and evil Manners, fly far away from this Science; because it is inimical and adverse to you, and will precipit you into the miserable State of Poverty. For this Gift of GOD is absolutely, by the Judgement of Divine Providence hid from you, and denied you for ever.  
Therefore, having inquired into the Ways of all Medicines, We, prosecuting our intended Purpose, must pass hence to those Things, which make known the Perfection of this Magistery, with the Causes of its Probations.    

The Third and Last Part of this Second Book: Of the Probations of Perfection.  

CHAP. I.  
The Division of what follows.  
OMitting manifest Experiences, of which We make no mention, seeing they are known and certain to all, viz. of the Weight, Colour and Extension under the Hammer, which are discerned, without any Sagacity of Industry; We with Wariness make Trial by the Experiences of Artificers, Whether Projection of the Administration of this Art, be a Compleatment with Verity, inferring the same; which are Cineritium (or the Test called a Cupel) Cement, Ignition, Fusion; Exposition over acute Vapour, Probation of Burning Sulphur by Mixtion; Extinction, Reiteration of Calcination and Reduction, and the easy or difficult Susception of Argentvive. Therefore We shall first speak of these according to Order; and afterward, keeping the same Order, proceed to other things, which We intent (according to promise) to declare with the known Causes of them.   

CHAP. II.  
Of Cineritium, why some Bodies abide in it, but others not.  
WE come first to speak of Cineritium, with all its manifest Causes, and of the Way of its Confection. The Solar and Lunar Substance, is only permament in the Trial of Cineritium. Therefore searching out the true Differences of the Substance of these Perfect Bodies, and likewise the Causes of the Cinerition, We will make Trial, which of the imperfect Bodies more, and which less abide in the Examen of this Magistery. Yet by Us is already sufficiently declared the Secret of these two Bodies, in the Profundity of their Substance. And it is this, viz. that their first Radix was a large Quantity of Argentvive, and the purest Substance of it; at first most subtle, but afterward inspissate, until it could admit Fusion with Ignition. Therefore, whatsoever Bodies diminished from Perfection, have more of Earthiness, they less abide in this Examen; but what have less, more. Because these do indeed more adhere, by reason of the subtilety of their Parts, closely permixing and uniting them. So likewise, Bodies that are of greater Tenuity; or on the contrary, of greater Spissitude, than those which consist in Perfection; must necessarily be altogether separated from the Commixtion. For being not of the same Fusion, therefore they are separated. And indeed, Bodies, which partake of a lesser Quantity of Argentvive, are more easily separated from the Commixtion.  
Therefore, 'tis evident, that seeing Saturn is of much Earthiness, and contains a small Quantity of Argentvive, and of an easy Tenuity of Liquefaction, which are mostly opposite to the Perfection of a Cineritious Examen; therefore of all the Bodies, by the Artifice of the Cineritium, it endures least in the Commixtion; yea, it is separated, and vanisheth most speedily. Wherefore, seeing of all Bodies diminished from Perfection it most gives way and recedes; by that it is more proper for the Examen of our Magistery; and the reason is, because it sooner takes it flight, and sooner draws every of the imperfect Bodies with itself from the Mixture. Also, by reason of this, the greater Quantity of the perfect Body is preserved from the strong Combustion of the Fire of the Examen; and therefore, by the Trial of Lead it is less burnt, and more easily purified.  
But because the Substance of Jupiter contains more of Argentvive, and partakes of a lesser Quantity of Earthiness, and of greater Purity, and o●● more subtle Substance of it, therefore it is more safe in the Mixtion, than Saturn and Venus; because it more adheres in the Profundity thereof. And this is the Cause, why a larger Quantity of the perfect Body is absumed, before Jupiter conjoined can be separated from the Commixtion. Yet Venus gives Fusion with Ignition; but because its Fusion is slower, than of a perfect Body, therefore it is separated from the Commixtion, yet more slowly than Saturn, by reason of the Ignition of its fusible Substance. But because it contains less of the Quantity of Argentvive, and is of greater Earthiness, and of a more thick Substance, therefore it is more easily separated from the Mixtion, than Jupiter; because Jupiter more adheres in the Profundity, than Venus.  
Mars hath not Fusion, and therefore is not permixed; which happens, by reason of Deprivation of Humidity. But if it chance that it is permixed by Vehemency of Fire; then, because it hath not Humidity, by imbibing the Humidity of Sol or Luna, it is united thereunto through its least parts: therefore, although it hath much Earth, and little Argentvive, and wants Fusion, yet it can by no slight Artifice be separated from them. Therefore by this the Industry of the Artificer is dilated, unto the true Rectification of every Body, if he rightly know the Efficacy of That, which We have writ. But if he fantastically understand, he knows nothing of the Truth thereof. There are two Bodies of Perfection abiding this Trial, viz. Sol and Luna, by reason of their good Composition, which results from their good Mixtion, and the pure Substance of them.   

CHAP. III.  
Of the Trial of the Cineritium, (or Cupel) how it is to be compounded, and used.  
NOW We speak of the Way of making it, which is thus: Take sifted Ashes, or Calx, or Powder of the Bones of Animals burnt, or a Commixtion of all, or of some of them; moisten these with Water, and make the Mixture firm and solid with your hand, and in the midst of it, wrought into a round flatish Lump, make a round and smooth Hollowness, and upon the bottom of it strew a small Quantity of Glass beaten to Powder. Then permit it to be dried. When dry, put that Metal into the Hollowness thereof, which you intent to try by this Examen, and put Coals of Fire upon it, and then with Bellows blow upon the Surface of the Examinable Body, until it flows. Upon which being in flux cast part after part of Lead, and blow with a flame of strong Ignition. Whilst you see it agitated with the Motion of strong Concussion, it is not pure. Therefore wait, until all the Led be exhaled. If that be vanished, and yet the Motion cease not, it is not pure. Therefore again cast Lead upon it, and blow as before, until the Led vanish. If it do not yet rest, repeat the casting in of more Lead, and blowing upon it, until it be still, or quiet, and you see it clean and clear in its Superficies. This being seen, open the Coals, and dissipate the Fire, and then pour Water upon the Surface thereof. For you will find it perfectly examined. If whilst you are blowing this Examen, you cast in Glass, the Body will be the better and more perfectly purified; because that takes away the Impurities, and separates them. Yet instead of Glass, Sal, Borax, or a little Allom, may be cast in. In like manner this Examen of Cineritium may be made in a Crucible of Earth, if the Fire round about it be blowed, and upon the Surface also of the Crucible, that the Body to be examined may the sooner flow, and be perfected.  
These being sufficiently declared, We now pass to the Examen of Cement, with its Causes, and manifest and known Experiences.   

CHAP. IU.  
Of Cement, why some Bodies sustain it more, and others less.  
WE have said, that some Bodies more, and others less, are burned by the Calcination of Fire, viz. they which contain a greater Quantity of burning Sulphur, more; but they that contain less, less. Therefore, seeing Sol hath a less Quantity of Sulphur, than other Metallick Bodies, it is not (in the midst of all Mineral Bodies) burned by Inflammation of Fire. And Luna, next to Sol, partakes of a less Quantity of Sulphur, than the other four Bodies, yet more than Sol. Therefore, according to this, it can less bear the Ignition of Inflammation for a long space of time, than Sol; and by consequence less bear Things burning by a like Nature, but Venus less than it; because it consists of more Sulphur, and of greater Earthiness, than Luna; therefore can less bear the Inflammation of Fire. Jupiter less also than Sol or Luna, because it partakes of greater Sulphureity and Earthiness, than either of them; yet it is less burnt by Inflammation, than Venus, but more than Sol and Luna. Saturn in its Commixtion by Nature, holds more of Earthiness and Sulphureity, than any of these now mentioned Bodies; therefore it is sooner and more easily inflamed, than all the said Bodies; and by inflammation it is more swiftly burnt, because it hath Sulphureity more nearly conjoined, and more fixed than Jupiter.  
Mars is not burnt by itself, but by Accident. For when it is mixed with Bodies of much Humidity, it imbibes that Humidity, by reason of its own Want of the same; and therefore being conjoined, it is neither inflamed nor burned, if the Bodies, with which it is United, be neither inflammable, nor combustible. But if combustible Bodies be mixed with it, it necessarily happens (according to the Nature of their Combustion) that Mars is burnt and inflamed. Therefore, seeing Cement is constituted of inflammable Things, the necessary Cause of its Invention is manifest; and it was, that all combustible Things might be burned. And since there is one only Body incombustible, that alone, or what is prepared according to the Nature of that, is kept safe in Cement. Yet some abide more, others less, in Cement: But which abide more, and which less, are known with their said Causes. Therefore Luna abides Cement more, but Mars less, Jupiter less than Mars, and Venus less than Jupiter; but Saturn lest of all.   

CHAP. V.  
The Examen of Cement, how it is to be compounded and exercised.  
NOW We will declare the Way of Cementing. Seeing it is known to Us, that Cement is very necessary, in the Examen of Perfection, We say it is compounded of inflammable Things. Of this kind are all blackening, flying, penetrating, and burning Things; as is Vitriol, Salarmoniac, Flos Aeris, and the ancient Fictile Stone, and a very small Quantity (or nothing) of Sulphur, and Mans-Vrine, with like acute, and penetrating Things. All these are impasted with Virile Urine, and spread upon thin Plates of that Body, which you intent shall be examined by this way of Probation. Then the said Plates must be laid upon a Grate of Iron included in an Earthen Vessel; yet so, as one touch not the other, that the virtue of the Fire may have free and equal Access to them. Thus the whole must be kept in Fire, in a strong Earthen Vessel, for the space of three days. But here, great Caution is required, that the Plates may be kept fire-hot, but not melt. After the third Day, you will find the Plates cleansed from all Impurity, if the Body of them was perfect: if not, they will be wholly corrupted, and burnt in the Calcination.  
Some expose Plates of Metal to Calcination, without a composition of Cement, and they are purified in like manner, if the Body be of Perfection: if not, they are totally consumed. Yet in this last Examen. they need a longer space of time, that are thus purified by the only inflammation of Fire, than those that are examined by the Judgement of Cement.  
And seeing the Nature of Luna differs not much from the Nature of Sol, therefore by a certain necessary way of Administration, it rests with it in the Trial of Cement. And there is no Separation of Bodies each from other, in these two kinds of Trial, unless that be occasioned by reason of the Diversity of Composition of their Substances: because thence results Diversity of Fusion, and Spissitude and Rarity. Which are indeed the Causes of Separation; because, by reason of the strong Composition of some, their Substance is not corrupted by the Substance of the Extraneous Body, seeing a Mixtion of them could not be made through their least parts. Therefore, in such a Commixtion, they must necessarily be separated each from other, without the total Corruption of the Essence of them. Wherefore, the complete Administration of imperfect Bodies, is discerned, when they are by Ingenuity of Preparation found to be of the same Fusion, Ignition, and Solidity.   

CHAP. VI  
Of Ignition.  
IT remains now, that We treat of Ignition. Having declared, that Bodies of greatest Perfection, with determinate Ignition, are found to receive the Fire, before Fusion of them; therefore we here say, if our Aim be to find out the complete Alteration of them, there is a necessity to bring such Bodies to their Fusion. And before these Bodies of Perfection be fused, to see them admit Ignition, with inflammation of a pleasing Celestine Colour, and this, before their Ignition comes to the Whiteness of Fire, which the Eye can in no wise discern.  
Therefore, 'tis manifest, that the perfect Ignition of them is (before Fusion) with intense Redness, and not with Whiteness, which the Eye cannot behold. For if the administered Bodies be melted, before they are red hot with Fire, they are not in Compleatment. And if they be made Fire-hot with labour, and strong Expression of Fire, their Administration is not true: and this indeed, if it happen in soft Bodies. Because, the same is only found in Mars. For Ignible Bodies do not easily in the way of Preparation, admit Ignition; nor fusible Bodies, the right Fusion, which We find in Bodies perfect according to Nature. If Bodies administered, in their Ignition yield not Flame of a pleasing Celestine Colour, their Administration is not complete. And if any part of the Weight, Colour, Beauty, Ignition, and the like, be found diminished, by reason of the Differences of the Goodness of Preparation, the Indagation of the Artist was not sufficient. Therefore let him make a new Search, until he find his Error, with Ways of Operating corresponding to Divine Goodness.   

CHAP. VII.  
Of Fusion, or Melting.  
IN the Narration of Fusion, We shall sufficiently discourse, according to the Examen of all Bodies by the certain Ignition of them. Therefore We say, that Fusion with Ignition, is the only Argument of Perfection; yet not with every kind of Ignition, but with Ignition, in which the Body waxeth not altogether White; and with Ignition, in which is not made a dull paleness of Fire, and in which the Body is not suddenly melted, or flows not immediately after Ignition. For when a Body flows with very small pressure of a weak Fire, either ●●●●out Ignition, or with a palid Ignition; a Body of this Preparation must needs be a Body of Imperfection: some one of the imperfect Bodies, in diminished Artifice.  
And if a Body after Fusion be not suffered presently to cool, and its Ignition be suddenly turned altogether into Blackness, and by reason of that, loseth its Ignition before it waxeth hard, it is not a Body in Compleatment, of what kind soever it be. But this is to be imputed to softness, and that it is one of the kinds of imperfect Bodies.  
And if the Ignition of a Body, before Fusion thereof, be made with laborious and violent Expression of strong Fire, and with a Ray of Brightness inestimable, altogether White and shining; it is not a Body of Perfection, but a Body of Hardness altered. Also, if after Fusion thereof, and when taken from the Fire, it be suddenly hardened, that it flow not, the fulgent Ignition thereof remaining, it is not a Body of Lunar, or Solar Perfection, of what kind and preparation soever the Body administered was; but comes under the Nature of the Differences of Mars.  
Therefore, by the abovesaid 'tis evident, that in fusible Bodies, by the Experiment of them may be found a threefold Ignition, before Liquefaction of their Substances, viz. one, Palid; the other, Red and Clear; and the third most White, shining with a Ray. The first is of soft Bodies; the second, of perfect Bodies; but the third, of hard Bodies; as is proved by Reason, and Experience. He that desires to search out the Degree of all these Ignitions, that he may complete all fusible Bodies, let him consider of the sufficiency complete for the Perfection of Fusion, and by considering, recollect the difference of all the signs of the Degree of Fusion, and so indeed he will find; otherwise not. This is offered to you for an Exemplar, in all manners of Examination by us determined, and to be determined. And this may suffice to be spoken of Fusion.   

CHAP. VIII.  
Of the Exposition of Bodies over the Vapours of acute Things.  
THerefore, prosecuting our intended Discourse, We now declare the Exposition of Bodies over the Vapours of Acute Things, viz. of Things Sharp, Saline, and Sower. We see Bodies of Perfection, exposed over the Vapours of the said Acute Things, either little or nothing at all to flower, or to emit a most pleasant Celestine Flos. But the purest Gold flowreth not. Yet Luna, or Sol, not pure, We find to flower, when exposed over the Vapours of Acute Things, and to yield a most pleasant Celestine Flos; yet that of Sol is more delightful, than that of Luna. We therefore, by reason of this, imitating Nature, do in like manner create a Celestine Colour in prepared Bodies; which Colour is perfected by the Goodness of Argentvive, as is sufficiently declared by us in the precedent.  
Therefore, whatsoever prepared Bodies shall be set over the Vapours of Acute Things, and not create a Celestine pleasant Colour, they exist not in the total compleatment of Preparation. There are some Bodies, which in the Examen of Saline Things, flower in their Superficies, with a dull red, or dull citrine Colour mixed with Greenness; of this kind is Mars. Some flower with a dull Greenness, mixed with a turbid Celestine Colour; of this kind is Venus. Some are found to yield a dull White, and of this kind is Saturn. And some a clear White, of which kind Jupiter is. Therefore, the most perfect Body flowers least, or nothing at all; and if it yield any Flos, it is in a long space of time. And indeed, among Bodies wanting the compleatment of Perfection, Jupiter most slowly flowreth its Gummosity. Thence, by the Examen of this Magistery, We consider Jupiter, in the Work of the Greater Order, most nearly approximate to Perfection. And by this Examen it may be known, in what kind of Temperament, the Body consists; if you rightly consider the Order of these Things, which we have declared in this Chapter: but if you know not this, impute that to the folly of your own Rashness.   

CHAP. IX.  
Of the Extinction of Bodies Fire-hot.  
WE now speak entirely of the Examen of Extinction: of which there is a manifold Experience, whereby it is known, whether the Magistery consist in Perfection or not. Therefore, first if the Body ignited (or heat rod-hot) be extinguished in Liquor, and the Lunar yield not a White Colour, and the Solar a Bright Citrine, but is changed into an Alien Colour; the Alteration is not in compleatment of this Magistery. And if in repeating its Ignition and Extinction, in the Waters of Salts or Allomes, by whatsoever kind of Administration created, it yield a Scoria of affinity to Blackness in its Superficies; or if in the Extinction of it in Sulphurs, and from the Extinction, with often repeated Ignition, it vanish, or infect itself with a foul Blackness; or by compulsion of the Hammer breaks itself to pieces; the Artifice of the Work is fallacious. Or if it, with Cementation of the Mixture of Salarmoniack, Verdegrease, and Boys-Vrine, or of Things like in Nature, be exposed to the Fire, and after the Ignition, and Extinction of it (whether Lunar or Solar) it totally lose its proper Colour, or create a Scoria, it is manifest, that the Body doth yet remain in Sophistick Corruption. Yet We give you one certain General Rule, and that as well in these present, as in the Examen following; if among the differences of Perfection the altered Body shall change any thing of its Weight, or Colour, the Artist hath not rightly, but fantastically proceeded in his Work: which is a Thing not profitable, but destructive rather.   

CHAP. X.  
Of the Admixtion of burning Sulphur.  
LIkewise, by the Mixtion of Sulphur is proved, Whether the Magistery consist in Perfection, or not. For by our Experience We find, that Sulphur commixed with Bodies, burns some more, others less: and by our Artifice We have discerned, that some retire from its combustion, and some not. And hence may be noted the difference between those Bodies, diminished from Perfection, prepared in a Sophistical compleatment. Therefore, among all Bodies, of whatsoever kind, We find Sol not to be burned by Sulphur. The next to this, lest burned, is Jupiter; then Luna; and after that Saturn; but Venus more easily, than all these; and Mars, by reason of the Oleaginy of Sulphur, is most easily burned. Hence 'tis observable, that that Body is more burnt, which is less nigh to the Nature of the Perfect.  
Also by the Diversity of Colours, after combustion of Bodies, it may be known, in what kind the altered Body, from the Radix of its own Nature, consists; because, after the Commixtion of Sulphur, Sol gives an intense Citrine, or clear Red Colour; Luna, a black mixed with Celestine; Jupiter, a black Colour mixed with a small Tincture of Redness; Saturn a dull black, mixed with much Redness, and a livid Colour; Venus, from the Commixtion of Sulphur, yields a black mixed with livid, if much combustion of Sulphur hath preceded; but if little combustion was pre-existent, it shows a most clean and pleasant Violet Colour; but Mars, in every kind of combustion, creates a most black dull Colour.  
Likewise, in Bodies is observed a Diversity, after their Reduction from the combustion of Sulphur. Some do indeed return; but others, by the expression of Fire, with the Sulphur recede from the Reduction, either totally, or the greater Quantity of them: some into Bodies of their own Nature; others return, from the combustion, into Bodies other than of their own Nature. Sol and Luna return, from the combustion of Sulphur, into the Nature of their proper Body; but Jupiter and Saturn recede. Jupiter recedes totally, or its greater part; Saturn not totally; yet sometimes a greater, sometimes a lesser part of it, is destroyed. The Diversity of these is, by reason of the Nature of Things and Bodies, and by reason of the different Administration of them in the Work of Preparation. For it happens, that Jupiter is destroyed, by the sudden force of Fire in Reduction; but both Jupiter and Saturn are preserved by successive and gentle Reduction. Yet the Reduction of them rather tends to the Nature of an alien, than of the proper Body. That is to say, the Reduction of Jupiter is converted into clear Antimony; but of Saturn, into a dull coloured Antimony, as We have found by proper Experience. Venus is diminished, in the Impression of Fire of Reduction; and this happens more to Mars, than to Venus. Venus in its Reduction is ponderous, of a dull Citrine Colour, and soft, partaking of Blackness, with Augmentation of the Weight of its Body. Therefore, by these, may be found out the Nature of all Bodies, that are altered.   

CHAP. XI.  
Of Calcination, and Reduction.  
OF the Examen of the Reiteration of Calcination and Reduction We are now to speak. Therefore We say, that Bodies are found to be of Perfection, in the Reiteration of Calcination and Reduction, by their differences of Goodness, if they lose nothing of their Colour, Weight, Quantity, or Brightness; (of which great care is to be taken) how much soever the Multiplicity of those Operations shall be reiterated upon them. Accordingly, if by repeating the Calcination, and Reduction from the Calxes, of altered Metals of every kind, they lose any Thing in their differences of Goodness, it is to be supposed, that the Artist hath sophistically followed his Investigation. Wherefore habituate yourself to these Works, that you may know them.   

CHAP. XII.  
Of the easy Susception of Argentvive.  
IT is now undeniably manifest to you, that Bodies containing the greatest Quantity of Argentvive, and Bodies of Perfection. Wherefore, it is to be supposed, that those Bodies are more nigh to Perfection, which more amicably imbibe Argentvive. The sign of this is, the easy Susception of Argentvive by a Solar or Lunar Body of Perfection. For this same Reason, if a Body altered do not easily receive Argentvive into its Substance, it must needs be very remote from the Compleatment of Perfection.   

CHAP. XIII.  
A Recapitulation of the whole Art.  
HAving handled the Experiences of the Causes of the sufficiency of this Magistery, according to the Exigency of our proposed Discourse, it remains, that We should now in one Chapter come to the Compleatment of this whole Divine Work; and briefly speaking, contract the dispersed Magistery into one Sum, in general Heads. Therefore We say, the Sum of the whole Intention of the Work is no other, than that the Stone (known in its Chapters) should be taken, and with instance of Labour, Sublimation of the first Degree, repeated upon it: for by this it will be cleansed from corrupting Impurity. And the Perfection of Sublimation is, the Subtiliation of the Stone by it, until it can come to the ultimate purity of Subtilety, and lastly be made Volatile. This being done, by the Way of Fixation it must be fixed, until it can rest in the Asperity of Fire. Herein consists the Measure of the Second Degree of Preparation. The Stone is likewise administered in the third, which consists in the ultimate Compleatment of Preparation; and that is this: You must make the now fixed Stone, by the ways of Sublimation Volatile, and the Volatile fixed; and the Fixed, Dissolved; and the Dissolved again Volatile, and the Volatile again Fixed, until it flow and alter, into Solifick, and Lunifick, with certain Compleatment.  
From the Reiteration of Preparation of this third Degree, results the Multiplication of the Goodness of Alteration of the Medicine. Therefore, from the Diversity of the Work repeated upon the Stone, in its Degrees, results the Diversity of Multiplication of the Goodness of Alteration; so that among Medicines, some transmute into a true Solifick and Lunifick Body of Perfection, an hundred-fold as much as their own weight is; some two hundred-fold; some three hundred-fold; some a thousand-fold, and some to Infinity. Therefore hence it may be known, whether the Magistery consists in Perfection.   

CHAP. XIV.  
What Order the Author hath observed in treating of the aforesaid.  
BUT, that the Envious may not calumniate us, We declare, that We have not treated of our Science with a continued series of Discourse, but have dispersed it in divers Chapters. And this was done; because, if it had been delivered in a continued Series of Speech, the just Man, as well as him that is evil, might have usurped it unworthily. Therefore We have concealed it in places, where We more openly speak; yet not under an Aenigma, but in a plain discourse to the Artist: and indeed We have described it in such a way of speaking, as is agreeable to the Will of the Most High, blessed, sublime, and Glorious God, and our own Mind, who writ the same, as it happened to be recollected, or was infused by the Grace of his divine Goodness, who gives it to, and withholds it from, whom he will.  
Therefore, let not the Son of Learning despair: for if he seek it, he may find the same, with the Investigation of the Motion of his proper Nature, not of Doctrine. Because, he that seeks by the goodness of his Industry finds the same; but he, who seeks the same following Books only, will very slowly attain to this most pecious Art. For We published this Art found by Us only, for ourselves only, not for others, although it be most true, and altogether certain. Therefore, We invite to this Art the Prudent only, and (by Ingenuities taught by Us) expose to them the way of Investigation. For We writ down the same being found, together with the Way of its Invention, and the Ingenuities of Methods, for none, but ourselves. Wherefore let the well-minded Artificer exercise himself by those Precepts, which We have delivered; and he will greatly rejoice when he hath found the Gift of the Most High God. These may suffice to be spoken, touching the Disquisition of this sublime Art.    
The End of the Second Book of Geber, Of the Sum of Perfection, or of the Perfect Magistery.    

GEBER, The Arabian Prince and Philosopher, His Book, Of the INVENTION of VERITY, OR, PERFECTION,  

CHAP. I.  
Of the six Properties of Things, from which the Medicine is extracted.  
WE have in our Volumes considered, not only by the Secret Properties of Natural Principles, but also by proper Experience, and the truly certain Investigation of our Invention, that those Things, from which our Medicine is extracted, have in themselves these Properties of Qualities, in transmuting Bodies. First, they have in themselves an Earth most subtle and incombustible, altogether fixed with its own proper radical Humidity, and apt for fixing. Secondly, they have an Airy and Fiery Humidity, so uniformly conjoined to that Earth, that if one be volatile, so is the residue; and the same Humidity abides the Fire beyond all Humidities, even to the complete Termination of its own Inspissation, according to the Indigency of its Compleatment, with Permanency (inseparable from the Earth annexed to it) without Evaporation. Thirdly, The Disposition of their Natural Humidity is such, that by the benefit of its own Oleaginy, in all differences of its Properties, it so unctuously contemperates the Earth annexed to it, with Conversion of one into the other homogeneally and equally, with such an Union and Bond of Conjunction of inseparability, that after the Degree of final Preparation, it gives good Fusion.  
Fourthly, This Oleaginy is of so great purity of Essence, and so Artificially cleansed from every combustible, or burning Thing, that it burns not all Bodies, with which it is conjoined through their least parts; but preserves them from Combustion. Fifthly, It hath a Tincture in itself so clear and splended, white or red, clean and incombustible, stable and fixed, that the Fire cannot prevail against it to change it, nor sulphureous adustive, or acute corroding Bodies, corrupt and defile the same. Sixthly, The whole Compound, incerated with its final Compleatment, is of so great Subtilety and Tenuity of Matter, that after the final Termination of its Decoction, it remains in Projection, of most thin Fusion like Water; and is of profound Penetration, unto the ultimate Compleatment of the Body permutable, of how great Fixation soever it be. And with its Vicinity, or Affinity, it adheres to its own like, naturally, with inseparable Consolidation against the Impression of Fire; in that very Hour, with its own Spirituality, reducing Bodies to Volatility.   

CHAP. XVI.  
Of the Seven Properties of the Medicine.  
THese being considered, We find by Our Investigation several Properties of Things necessary and opportune in our Stone; and they are these: Oleaginy, Tenuity of Matter, Affinity, Radical Humidity, Clearness of Purity, a fixing Earth, and Tincture.  
The first Property of Differences of the Medicine is Oleaginy, in Projection giving Universal Fusion, and Aspersion of the Matter. For, the first thing which is necessary after Projection of the Medicine, is the sudden and convenient Fusion of the Medicine itself, which is perfected and rendered viscous with Mineral Oleaginy.  
The second Property, is, Tenuity of the Matter, or the Spiritual Substance thereof, flowing very thin in its Fusion, like Water penetrating to the profundity of the Body alterable; because immediately after Fusion, the Ingression thereof is necessary.  
The third Property, is Affinity (or Vicinity) between the Elixir, and the Body to be transmuted, giving adherency in the Obviation and Retention of its like; because immediately after Ingress of the Medicine, Adherency is convenient and necessary.  
The fourth Property, is Radical Humidity. fiery, congealing, and consolidating the Parts retained, with Adherency of its own like, with the Union of all Colike Parts inseparably for ever; because, after Adherency, Consolidation of the Parts, with their Radical, viscous, and necessary Humidity, is opportune.  
The fifth, is a Mundificative Clearness of Purity, giving evident Splendour, in the Combustion existent, not burning. For, after Consolidation of the purified Parts, it is lest to the Actual Fire, to have power of burning all extraneous Superfluities, not consolidated. Wherefore Purification follows, and is necessary.  
The sixth Property, is a Fixing Earth, temperate, thin, subtle, fixed, and incombustible, giving permanency of Fixation in the Solution of the Body adhering with it, standing and persevering against the force of Fire: for immediately after Purification, Fixation is necessary, and opportune.  
The seventh Property, is Tincture, giving a splendid and perfect Colour, White, or intensely Citrine, and Lunification, or Solification of Bodies to be transmuted; because after Fixation, a splendid Tincture, and Colour tinging another Body, or a Tincture colouring the Matter convertible into true Silver, or Gold (with all its certain and known differences) is absolutely necessary.   

CHAP. III.  
The Division of this Book into four Particles.  
ACcording to the Exigency of Art, We have disputed against Men denying Art; and have discoursed of Natural Principles, which are according to the Intention of Nature, in the Procreation of Metals; and of Bodies, and their Procreations, and Preparations; and lastly of the Medicines, and Examinations of the same Bodies transmuted, whether the Compleatment of them stands in Perfection; all which hath been done by Us, in our Book entitled, The Sum of Perfection, or of the Perfect Magistery. And there We have written the Way of the Invention of Art, and our Ingenious Works, which We have seen, and touched: But here, in this Book, We will treat of the Invention of Perfection, and in a special manner declare those Things, which are necessary in this our Magistery; and the Way of Preparing the same, with their weight and measure, and Probation certain, not conjectural.  
Our Intention is to divide this little Book into Four Particles; and in the First sufficiently to treat of Middle Minerals, and their Preparations; that they may be aptly disposed in the Extraction of Spirits, and imperfect Bodies: in the Second, of the Mundifications of Spirits, and entire Preparations of the same: in the Third, of the divers Preparations of imperfect Bodies, according to the Exigency of the Compleatment of the Work: and in the Fourth of all Medicines especially, for transforming every Body into Sol and Luna, with Projection, Weight, and Measure, according to the Exigency of Necessity for Compleatment of the Work.   

The First Particle.  

CHAP. IU.  
Of the Preparation of Middle Minerals.  
COmmon Salt is dissolved in clear Fountain Water, and distilled through a Filter, and afterwards congealed in an Earthen Vessel, or in a Vessel of Lead, or other Metal. Salt-Peter is dissolved in Fountain Water, distilled through a Filter, and congealed in a Vessel of Glass, that it may there be crystalized. Salt-nitre is so prepared, viz. it is dissolved in clear Fountain Water, filtered, etc. Salt-Gem is dissolved, etc. as before, and congealed in an Earthen-glazed Vessel. True Salt-Alkali is made of Zoza (or Soda) dissolved, filtered, and the Solution boiled away to one third part, and then the Salt, in a short time settles to the Bottom in Crystals; and so it is prepared. Some do also make Salt-Alkali, thus: They take lib. 5. of Ashes of Hearts-ease, and lib. 1. of Quicklime, and by boiling in Water they make a Lixivium, which they filter and congeal; this labour they reiterate once, and it is prepared. Salammoniac is made of five parts of Man's Urine, and one part of his Sweat, one part of Common-Salt, and half a part of the Soot of Woods, these being boiled together into Consumption of the Humidity, from the remainder sublime a true and profitable Salammoniac: this again dissolve into Sweat, and sublime it from Common-Salt once; than it is prepared. Salt of Tartar is made of the calcined Feces of Wine distilled, the Tartar being dissolved from them, and congealed: so it is prepared. Salt of Urine is likewise made of the calcined Feces of Urine distilled, and this is again dissolved in its own Water, and congealed, so it is prepared; and is of great Emolument and Use.  
Many men diversely treat of the Preparations of Salts; but We, by our Invention, have found, that these Preparations of Salts are more short, more subtle, and more profitable for our purpose; seeing from all Things truly calcined, Salts are extracted by Solution, which by the above-alleadged Way must be prepared. Therefore it sufficeth Us to pass them by, these being more useful. Glassy or Roch-Allom hath a twofold way of Preparation: one for washing calcined Bodies, and the other for subliming Spirits. After the first Way, it is thus prepared: Dissolve it in clear Fountain Water, distil it through a Filter, and boil it to a third part: this Part put in Glazed Dishes, and it will settle round about the Sides of the Vessels, and in the Bottom: so you will have prepared Crystalline Allom. The second Way is this: Boyl the Allom in an Earthen Vessel, until the Humidity vanish, and you find it spongious, white and light; then is it prepared for Sublimations, and other divers Operations. Plumous Allom is dissolved and congealed as the former; and so it is prepared.  
Now, it is expedient to speak of the Preparations of Atraments, seeing that is a Thing very necessary; because We find a necessary Use of them in Tinctures, and Ligaments of Spirits, and other Things, which appertain to the Work. Black-Atrament is dissolved in boiling Water, distilled through a Filter, and congealed; then it is prepared. Copperas is dissolved in distilled Vinegar, clarified by filtering, and congealed: so it is clean. Roman Vitrol needs not any other Preparation, than only (in some cases) to be held in a moderate Fire, and rubified▪  
Morever, it is certain, that divers Things necessary for Us are extracted from imperfect Bodies; which need Preparation, and are helpful in the Case: and these are, first Ceruse of Lead, which is thus prepared. Ceruse of Lead must be washed in distilled Vinegar, then purged from its more gross parts; and that which flows out thence as Milk, must be congealed in the Sun, and it is prepared. The Preparation of Spanish White, Tin, and Minium, is after the same manner. For they must be washed in distilled Urine, and prepared as Ceruse; then they are fit for use. Verdegreece is dissolved in distilled Vinegar, and rubified, being exactly congealed with most gentle Heat of Fire; and than it is prepared and fit for the Work. Crocus of Iron is dissolved in distilled Vinegar, and clarified by Filter: this Red Water being congealed, yields you a Crocus fit for your purpose. Aes ustum (or Copper calcined) ground to powder, and washed with distilled Vinegar, after the same manner as We taught in the Preparation of Ceruse; will be of use to you. Lithargiry dissolved in distilled Vinegar, must be clarified and congealed; for so it is well prepared. Yet you may again dissolve it as other Things above-noted. Also you may use them dissolved and congealed; and in this is profound Investigation. Antimony is calcined, dissolved, clarified, congealed, and ground to powder; so it is prepared. Lapis Lazuli (or the Lazure Stone) is calcined, and when ground to Powder washed, and it is purified. The Stone Haematitis, is heat red hot, and often extingushed in Bulls-Gall. Bolearmenac is ground and dissolved as Ceruse, and then congealed. Cinaber must be sublimed once from Common-Salt, and so it is prepared. Tutia is dissolved in distilled Vinegar, having been first calcined, and so it is well prepared.    

The Second Particle.  

CHAP. V.  
Of the Mundifications, or Cleansing of Spirits.  
IN the first Particle We sufficiently treated of those things, which (in our certain Invention) seemed unto Us necessary for the Preparation of Spirits and Bodies. Here We now intent to enlarge our Discourse, touching the Sublimation, or Preparation of Spirits of every Species, according to the Indigency of the Compleatment of our Magistery. But do not you deviate from this Doctrine of our Invention, which, in profound Meditation, and in Works, We see very necessary for Us, and most certain. Here We search out the Weights, and the special Way of preparing and subliming them, with Experience altogether certain: and first begin with the Preparation of Sulphur, and its Compeer; and so of others in their Order.   

CHAP. VI  
Of the Preparation of Sulphur.  
Grinned clear and gummose Sulphurvive to a most subtle Powder, which boil in a Lixivium made of Ashes of Heartsease, and Quicklime, gathering from off the superficies its oleaginous Combustibility, until it be discerned to be clear. This being done, stir the whole with a stick, and then warily take off that, which passeth out with the Lixivium, leaving the more gross parts in the bottom. Permit that Extract to cool a little, and upon it pour a fourth part of its own Quantity of distilled Vinegar, and then will the whole suddenly be congealed as Milk. Remove as much of the clear Lixivium as you can; but dry the residue with gentle Fire, and keep it.  
In administration of the Feces, observe this Method. For every one pound of this prepared Sulphur, take of Scales of Iron well calcined to redness, l●b. 1. of Roch-Allom also well calcined, lib. 1. and of Common-Salt prepared, half a pound. Incorporate all these well, by grinding together with Vinegar, that the whole may be liquid; which then boil, stirring it, until it be all very black. Then dry, and grind it to a fine Powder, which put into an Aludel with a large Cover, and let the Cover of the Alembeck have a large and great Zone (or Girdle) for Conservation of the Spirits elevated: the Aludel itself must be of the height of one Foot and half, that the Heat may not touch the Zone of the Alembeck. This being done, sublime as We taught you in our Book, Of the Sum of Perfection, etc. But gather what shall be dense (or close compact) in the Zone; and cast away the light pulverizable Flos, which ascends above it, and adheres to the sides of the Alembeck: for it is combustible, defiled, and defiling. Keep the dense Matter sublimed, by itself, in a Phial, and coct it upon Ashes so long, as until its combustive Humidity be gradually exterminated. Then preserve it clean; for it is perfectly cleansed.   

CHAP. VII.  
Of the Preparation of Arsenic.  
AFter its Compeer Arsenic is beaten to Powder, it must be boiled in Vinegar, and all its combustible Fatness extracted, and it then dried. Then ℞. of Copper, calcined, lib. 1. Of Allom calcined ½ a pound, and of Common-Salt prepared as much as of the Allom. Mix these with your Arsenic prepared. and having ground all well together, moisten the Mixture with distilled Vinegar (that it may be liquid) and boil the same, as you did in Sulphur; and then sublime it in an Aludel (without an Alembeck) of the height of one Foot. Gather what ascends white, dense, clear, and lucid, and keep it; because it is sufficiently prepared for the Work.   

CHAP. VIII.  
Of the Preparation of Argentvive.  
SUblime Argentvive thus: ℞. Of it lib. j of Vitriol rubified, lib. ij. Of Roch-Allom calcined, lib. j of Common Sal, lib. ss. and of Salt-Peter one fourth part. Incorporate all together, and sublime: and gather the White, Dense, and Ponderous, which shall be found about the Sides of the Vessel, and keep it, as We have appointed of other Things. But if, in the first Sublimation, you shall find it turbid, or unclean (which may happen, by reason of your own Negligence) again sublime it with the same Feces, and reserve it for use.   

CHAP. IX.  
Of the Preparation of Marchasite.  
SPread Marchasite ground to Powder, a finger's thickness over the Bottom of a large Aludel, and collect the Sulphur first with gentle Fire. When that is ascended, take off the Head (or Alembeck) and having applied another, augment the Fire; then, that which obtains the Place of Argentvive, ascends, as We have fully described in our Sum of Perfection.   

CHAP. X.  
Of the Preparation of Tutia, etc.  
PUT pulverised Tutia into an Aludel, and with the Administration of great Ignition sublime it, and it is prepared.  
Salammoniac is sublimed from Common-Salt, as in the Praxis of Salts We have declared to you.  
Argentvive is prepared most red, thus: ℞. of Mercury, lib. j of Vitriol rubified, lib. ij. and Saltpetre, lib. j Mortify the Mercury with these, and then sublime it from Roch-Allom, and Salt-Peter, in equal weights. This is a great Secret of our Invention, which is not to be omitted.  
But the Consideration of Feces is to be observed in Sublimation of Sulphur, and its Compeer: for Sulphur sublimed from the Calx of Copper is more whitened, than when sublimed from the Calx of Iron. The like is to be judged of Arsenic: for it is sublimed more red from Iron. These may also be sublimed from Vitriol and Allom calcined, and permixed with Common-Salt, and Salt-Peter, Thus have We sufficiently treated of the Artifical, not mean Preparations of Spirits.    

The third Particle of this Book.  

CHAP. XI.  
How Bodies ought to be prepared.  
OUR third Particle declares the complete Preparation of imperfect Bodies. For We have found out the Way how they should be prepared, so as to be perfected (as to the Compleatmen of the first or second Order) by themselves, without Medicine. This We intent to show; and secondly the Preparation of them for receiving Medicine, white or red.   

CHAP. XII.  
Of the Preparation of Saturn.  
CAlcine Saturn fluxed with Common-Salt prepared, stirring it continually with an Iron Spatula, until it be turned to Ashes. Coct it for one Day natural, and let it be a little fiery-hot, but not much: then completely wash it with Sweet Water; afterward calcine it for three Days, until it be red within and without. If you would have it be prepared for the White, imbibe it with the Water of white Allom, and reduce it with Oil of Tarter, or its Salt. But if for the Red, imbibe it with Water of Crocus of Iron, and of Verdegreece aforesaid; and reduce it with Salt of Tartar as before. Reiterate this Labour, as often as shall be needful.   

CHAP. XIII.  
Of the Preparation of Jupiter.  
CAlcine Jupiter as Saturn, and whiten its Calx for three Days, as in Saturn We said. But see you err not in its Reduction: because that is difficult, unless it be made in their Furnace, who reduce by Cineritiums, or Cements; then 'tis done with ease.  
Know you, O Searcher of this our Art, that We have plenarily described in this Book the Preparations of Reductible Feces: for this whole Book is practical, compiled with certain Investigation. But in our Sum of Perfection We observed another style more philosophical; that being Theorical, We, here Theorically described the whole Art, but in this, that is merely Practical, We have set down the Praxis of the same completely.  
But that the Artist may not err, let him join that Body, which he would reduce, in equal parts, with that by which he would make Reduction, and co-unite the divided Calx. Yet in Tinctures there is another Consideration. For the Matter ting must be multiplied upon the Matter to be tinged, until the Tincture appear, which you shall consider in the Body, or Medicine.  
After you shall have reduced these two Leads, and found their Colour, Splendour, and all other things according to your own Wish, perhaps they will want Ignition; therefore, that you may attain your Intention in that also, begin thus: Dissolve Tutia calcined, and Tin calcined; mix both Solutions, and with that Water imbibe the Calx of Tin, time after time, until the Calx hath imbibed an eighth part of the Tutia; then reduce it into Body, and you will find it to have Ignition, and that well indeed: if not, reiterate the same Labour, until due Ignition be acquired.  
We will set down all Waters dissolutive of Spirits and Bodies, in the End of this Book; and every one of these according to its own kind: and wonder not, that We have dispersed the special Things pertinent to this Praxis, in divers Volumes, seeing We endeavour to hid the Art from evil Men. With Talk, or Mercury precipitated (or more profitably) with pure Luna, deduced to this by calcining and dissolving, We acquire the complete Ignition and Hardness of these two Bodies, with unutterable splendour. Yet you should here know, that Speculation only, which is very available in our Sum of Perfection, profits little in this present Invention; but to grind, to assate, to inhumate, to calcine, to make to flow, to destroy, to construct, and to cleanse Bodies, are effectual Works; for with these Keys, you may open the occult Enclosures of our Arcanum, and without them you shall never be called to the Banquets of this kind of Rarities. Destroy without Anger, and you shall complete your Work with Joy.   

CHAP. XIV.  
Of the Preparation of Mars.  
PRepare Mars thus: Grind one pound of the Filings thereof, with half a pound of Arsenic sublimed. Imbibe the Mixture wixture with the Water of Salt-Peter, and Salt-Alkali, reiterating this Imbibition thrice; then make it flow with violent Fire, and you will have your Iron white. Repeat this Labour, until it flow sufficiently, with peculiar Dealbation.   

CHAP. XV.  
Of the Preparation of Venus.  
THE Purgation of Venus is twofold, one for the White, and the other for the Red. For the White it is thus: Calcine Venus with Fire only, as We shown in our Sum of Perfection. ℞. Venus thus calcined, grind, 1. lib. of it with four Ounces of Arsenic sublimed, and imbibe the Mixture three or four times with the Water of Lithargiry, and reduce the whole with Salt-Peter, and Oil of Tartar; and you will find the Body of Venus' white and splendid, fit for receiving its Medicine.  
For the Red, the Preparation of it is thus: Grind one pound of the Filings of Venus, with four ounces of Sulphur; or Cement Plates of Copper with Sulphur, and so calcine; and wash the Calcinate with the Water of Salt and Allom, and then (with Things reducing) reduce into a clean Body apt for the Red Tincture.  
There is also a third Preparation of it. Calcine it with Fire only, and then dissolve a part thereof, and likewise dissolve as much of Tutia calcined; join both Solutions, and with the same imbibe the remaining part of the Calx of Venus four or five times. Or you may make this Imbibition with Tutia alone dissolved; provided that more of the Tutia (than half of the Calx is) be imbibed in the said Calx. This being done, reduce with Things reducing, and you will have the Body of Venus' clean and splendid; which with a little help may be brought to an higher State, if you be a true Searcher of the Truth.  
There is likewise a fourth Preparation thereof, and that is thus: Of it, by itself calcined, I mean with Fire only, you may make an Intense Greenness, which is called the Flos of Copper. Dissolve this Greenness with distilled Vinegar, and then congeal it; afterward, with Things reducing reduce the Congelate, which when reduced will be apt for many Things, if your Investigation in like Works given by Us, hath not been too remiss. For We composed this Book, that it might be Introductory to Our Sum of Perfection; or in the absence of that, be a final Conclusion of the Whole, for the Compleatment of either Medicine. Because here We posit the the Practice gradatim, but there the Theory of our Speculation, disposed of in a way more General, with manifest Demonstrations.    

The fourth Particle of this Book.  

CHAP. XVI.  
Of Medicines.  
ACcording to the Order of the Premises, We will (in this our fourth Particle) again practically speak of the Way of Investigation, compounding every Medicine, viz. White and Red, according to the Nature and Property of the Body to be transmuted, or of Mercury itself, with all its pertinencies occult and manifest. And this, in the Second, or Third Order. For this our Book, being itself entitled, Of the Invention of Verity, contains nothing that is Sophistical. Wherefore We will begin to speak first of White Elixirs.   

CHAP. XVII.  
Of White Medicines for Jupiter, and Saturn.  
A White Medicine for Jupiter prepared: ℞ of most pure Luna, lib. 1. of Living Mercury, lib. 8. Amalgamate these together; then wash the Amalgama with distilled Vinegar, and Common-Salt prepared, until it acquire a Celestine or Lazure Colour. Which being done, extract as much of the Mercury as you can, by strongly expressing the Mixture through a thick Cloth. Then add of Sublimate Mercury double the Weight of your Luna, and grind them well together; afterward coct the Mixture in a Phial firmly closed for one Day and Night, then take out the Matter, grind it, and again Coct the same; then break the Vessel, and separate that which is sublimed from the Inferior Reddish Powder. But take heed of giving too great Fire, for that would cause the whole to flow into one black Mass. Put the Powder upon a Porphery Stone, and adjoin to it two parts of Ammoniac prepared, and one part of Mercury sublimed, grind all very well together, and imbibe the Mixture with the Water of Salt-Alkali, or the Water of Salt-Peter (if you find not Zoza 
* Salt-Alkali made of Zoda. , or Zoda) and when imbibed, put it to be distilled with gentle, Fire, by which Extract the whole Water, so that what remains in the Bottom may be as melted Pitch: then revert the same Water upon it; and this do thrice, repeating the same labour. This being done, take out the Matter, grind it upon a Stone, and dry it very well. Afterward imbibe it with rectified or dried Oil of Eggs; or with Oil of Salt-Alkali, or Peter, or Tartar, until it flow with ingress; and project one part upon five of Tin prepared, and it will be Luna perfect in the second Order, without Error.  
Also another Medicine upon Jupiter. ℞. Talk calcined and grind it with as much as itself is of Salammoniac, and sublime it three or four times; and dissolve into Water, wherewith imbibe Luna calcined (as you did in the first Medicine) so often, as until it hath drunk in as much as its own Weight is; and give ingress to it with the Oils aforesaid, and project one part upon ten Parts of Jupiter prepared, and you will see your Intent completely answered.  
A third Medicine of Jupiter is made with one part of Luna dissolved in its own Water (viz. of the Stillicidy of Copper, and Salt-Peter) as in the End is declared; with which must be adjoined two parts of Talk dissolved or of Tutia calcined and dissolved: then receiving the Water off by Distillation three or four times, congeal, and incerate with Arsenic sublimed, until it flow and have ingress. Of this project one part upon eight parts of Jupiter prepared. If you would project these Medicines upon Saturn prepared for the White, diminish Saturn in its three Days, and do as you did in Jupiter.   

CHAP. XVIII.  
Of Solar Medicines for Jupiter and Saturn.  
THE first Solar Medicine is thus made. Calcine Sol, amalgamating first with Mercury, and as in Luna express the Mercury through a Cloth: then grind it with twice so much as itself is of Common-Salt prepared, and set the whole over a gentle Fire, that the remaining Mercury may recede. Extract the Salt with sweet Water, and dry the Calx, from which sublime as much of Salammoniac, reverting the sublimed Salt upon it four times; then dissolve it in the Water of Vitriol, and Peter, and Jamenous Allom, as is taught in the end of this Book. Likewise dissolve Crocus made of Iron by Calcination, or Copper calcined Red. Join these Waters in equal parts; draw off the Water by Distillation, and revert it upon it four times. Lastly, Dry the Matter, and imbibe it with Oil of Tartar rectified (as in the end of this Book) until it flow as Wax, and tinge four parts into Gold Obrizon.  
The second is made with Sol dissolved (as in the first) and a like quantity of Greenness made of Copper calcined, and dissolved, being both mixed, and incerated; by distilling and reiterating, and in the end incerating with Sulphur prepared, until it flow as Wax, and tinge eight parts of Saturn splendidly.  
The third is made of Gold dissolved, and Sulphur dissolved, and of the aforesaid Greenness dissolved, and these mixed and prepared (as in the second) and last incerated with the Oil of Hairs prepared, or of Eggs, for the way is one; and one part of this falls upon ten of Saturn. These Medicines may also be projected upon Jupiter prepared for the Red, and so it will be a most splendid persevering Matter, as the finest Work, according to its Degree. For these Medicines alter in the second Order, as We said.   

CHAP. XIX.  
Of White Medicines for Venus and Mars.  
NOW We come to the Medicines of Venus and Mars; and first We shall speak of the Medicines of these for the White. ℞ of Silver as above calcined, one part, and grind the same with two parts of Arsenic prepared, and one part of Mercury precipitate; and imbibe the whole with Water of Saltpetre, Lithargiry, and Ammoniac, in equal parts, until it hath drunk in its own Weight of that Water; then dry and incerate with White Oil, as in others you have done, until it flow, and one part fall upon four of Venus or Mars prepared.  
A second Medicine is made of Luna calcined, and as much of Jupiter calcined and dissolved; mix, dry, and incerate with double their quantity of Arsenic sublimed, until the Medicine flows well.  
A Third is made of Luna calcined, as above, and of Arsenic and Sulphur sublimed and ground with it, and then sublimed with a like quantity of Salammoniac. This Sublimation repeat thrice, and then project one part upon six of these Bodies prepared.   

CHAP. XX.  
Of Red Medicines for Venus and Mars.  
A Solar Medicine is thus made. ℞ of Tutia, lib. 1. Calcine and dissolve it in the Water of Vitriol and Peter; then, with that Water imbibe the Calx of Sol, that it may drink in double its own Weight of the same Water. Afterward by distillation receive the Water from it, and revert it upon the Calx four times. Lastly, incerate with the Oil of Hairs, or of Bulls-Gall, and Verdigreese prepared, and it will be excellent, pure and laudable. But do you direct your Hands according to our Say, otherwise you Study in vain; and in your Heart receive our Intention (expressed in our Volumes (for so doing you will discern, that we have made a true search.   

CHAP. XXI.  
Of a Medicine of the third Order, for the White.  
HEnce We ascend to the degree of the third Order, First We will treat of the Lunar Medicine, as well for perfecting imperfect Bodies, as for Coagulating Mercury itself into true Luna. Therefore dissolve Luna calcined, in solutive Water, as before; which being done, coct it in a Phial with a long Neck, the orifice of which must be left unstopped, for one day only, until a third part of the Water be consumed. This being effected, set it with its Vessel in a cold place, and then it converts to small fusible Stones, like Crystal. This is Silver reduced to our Mercury, fixed and fusible; of which ℞ four Ounces; of White Arsenic prepared, 6 Ounces, and of Sulphur prepared 2 Ounces. Mix all together, well grinding them with Saltpetre, and Ammoniac. Then put the Mixture into a Phial with a long Neck, keeping the same in Heat for a Week, and in that time the Matter will be hard as Pitch. This take out, and again incerate the third time, and within three days you will find it an Oil in Flux. When the Vessel is cold break it, and take what you find therein, which will be in a Lump fixed, and flowing as Wax. This is the first Degree. Again, Take as much as before of New Matter, and join the same with this Ferment, and do as before, and consequently a third and fourth time. Thus doing, you will find a Medicine, which is great and excellent in Goodness: for one part of it falls upon ten of every Body, or of Mercury, and converts it into true Luna.  
Keep this Stone, and considerately ruminate of what We have taught in our Sum of Perfection, and you will attain to higher Things, For our purpose was not in one only Volume to demonstrate all Things; but that Book should declare Book, and expound the same.   

CHAP. XXII.  
Of a Solar Medicine of the Third Order.  
THe Solar Medicine is of Sol dissolved and prepared after the manner of Luna's Preparation, to which you must add of Sulphur dissolved three Parts, and of Arsenic one part (as in the end is showed) through all Things doing, as in the Lunar Chapter; and it will be a Medicine tinging every Body, and Mercury itself, into true Sol, or better, according to the way now showed.  
Read and peruse our Sum of Perfection, and you will find the Method of the Regimen there prescribed, by which you may tinge to Infinity, if you possess a sharp and good Wit, and be not moved this way and that way with the divers ambiguous Say of Philosophers. For they all tend to the one Perfection, by Us sufficiently described to you. You may make Trial, if you be able; if not forbear; because you will sustain Loss and reap nothing but Emptiness.   

CHAP. XXIII.  
Of Solutive Waters and Incerative Oils.  
SOn of Doctrine, search out Experiments, and cease not; because in them you may find Fruit a Thousand-fold. For We writ this Book only for you, which We are willing to complete with certain Waters and Oils, very necessary in Our Magistery: With these We shall conclude our Book of the Invention of Perfection. And first We shall begin with Our Dissolutive Water, of which We made Mention in Our Sum of Perfection, when We speak of Dissolution with the Acuity of Waters.  
First ℞ of Vitriol of Cyprus, lib 1. of Salt-peter, lib. ss. and of Jamenous Allom one fourth part; extract the Water with Redness of the Alembeck (for it is very Solutive) and use it in the before alleged Chapters. This is also made much more acute, if in it you shall dissolve a fourth part of Salammoniac; because that dissolves Gold, Sulphur, and Silver.  
Our other Philosophical Cerative Water, is this: ℞ Oil distilled from the Whites of Eggs, grind it with half so much of Saltpetre, and of Salammoniac, equal parts, and it will be very good. Or mix it with Salt-Alcaly, and distil as before. And the more you reiterate this Labour, the better it incerates. Or, conjoin the aforesaid Oil, with Oil of Tartar, and thence distil a White Incerative Oil.  
A Red Incerative Oil is thus made: ℞ Oil of the Yolks of Eggs, or of Humane-Hairs, to which adjoin as much of Salammoniac, and distil the Mixture; repeat this Distillation three times, and it will be a most red Incerative Oil.  
Oil of Verdigreese is made, when Verdigreese is dissolved in Water of Salammoniac, and when with the same congealed, the Oil of Eggs is mixed, the Mixture distilled, and the Distillation thrice repeated. For so operating, you will have the Oil of Verdigreese apt and profitable for Incerating.  
Oil of Gall is made, by extracting an Oil from Gall, as from Humane Hairs; through all Things doing as in the other.  
I do not say, that these can give a Mineral Radical Humidity, as We proved in Sulphur and Arsenic; but they preserve the Tincture from Combustion, until it enters, and afterward they fly in augmentation of the Fire, as is elsewhere declared by Us. Whatsoever Artist shall perfectly and studiously operate, according to Our Say contained in this Our Book; he, after Compleatment of his Work, will find, that We have truly Searched. And in this, Our Book is terminated, which is entitled, Of the Invention of Verity, or Perfection.   
THE END.    

GEBER, The Famous Arabian Prince and Philosopher, His BOOK, Of FURNACES.  

The PREFACE, dividing this BOOK into Three Parts.  
WE have considered with a Consideration not fantastic, That in Our Volumes We have amply treated of the whole Art. Yet, that We may not be obnoxious to the Censure of the Envious, We have Writ this Book of Furnaces, in which We shall deliver the Manual Practice, in Preparations both of Spirits and of Bodies; that Artificers may the better attain to the Compleatment of the Work.  
Therefore, seeing the ultimate Consideration consists in the Knowledge of Things more nigh, and in the way of Operating; and Things may be extracted from Things, by the Regimen of Fire: and for as much as We cannot attain to this, unless by separating Superfluities from the desired Subject, viz. The Combustibilities, and Terrestreities of Sulphur, defiling every Body; hence it is, that We intent First to treat of all the Ways of Operating; as namely, what the Furnace is, with its Instruments, which hath respect to every Thing to be prepared, even unto Compleatment of the Work, with the Regimen of Fire appropriate to it; and what Vessels are fit for the purpose, that the Artist may with them complete his Operation. Secondly, We will show, what Things are to be prepared; that he may be able, of Things Simple or Commixed, to generate Sol, or Luna, with splendour. Thirdly, We will declare those Things, which may be perfected with Alteratives, and which are naturally altered with Total Compleatment: and the way of Permixing with due Proportion, and with Medicines by a long time prepared thereunto.  
But at the End and towards the Close of this Book, We will set down a Recapitulation of all Our Experiments, by which We attained to the Knowledge of this Verity.   

The First Part of this Book, Of the Ways of Operating.  

CHAP. I.  
Of the Calcinatory Furnace.  
LEt the Calcinatory Furnace be made square, in length four foot, and three foot in breadth, and let the thickness of the Walls be half a foot; after this manner: Luna, Venus, Mars, or other Things to be calcined, must be put into Dishes or Pans of most strong Clay, such as of which Crucibles are made, that they may persist in the Asperity of Fire, even to the total Combustion of the Thing to be calcined. Calcination is the Treasure of a Thing; be not you weary of Calcination; but study what We have said in Our Volumes. For Imperfect Bodies are cleansed by Calcination, and by Reduction of the Calcinate into a Solid Body, or Mass. Then is Our Medicine projected upon them, and cause given to you of Joy.   

CHAP. II.  
Of the Sublimatory Furnace.  
LEt your Sublimatory Furnace be made after the manner, as is before completely taught, in Our Sum of Perfection, touching the Sublimation of Spirits; according to this Form.  
In Sublimation of Sulphur, the Cover of the Sublimatory must be made with a great and large Concavity within, after the manner of an Alembeck without a Nose: for otherwise the whole Sublimate may descend to the Bottom of the Vessel, through too great Heat. Because in the end of the Sublimation, the Sulphur ascends not, unless with force of Fire, even to Ignition of the Aludel; and if the Sulphur be not retained in the Concavity above, seeing it easily flows, it will descend again, by the Sides of the Vessel, to the very Bottom, and so nothing will be found sublimed; as is known to the Expert.   

CHAP. III.  
Of the Distillatory Furnace.  
THe Distillatory Furnace is the same with the Sublimatory. But Fire must be administered according to the Exigency of Things to be Distilled. The way of Distilling, as well of Minerals, as of Vegetables, We have sufficiently described in Our Sum of Perfection.   

CHAP. IU.  
Of the Descensory Furnace.  
THe Descensory Furnace is made as before described, and it is wonderfully useful to Us, and to the Melters of Metals by Cineritiums and Cements. For all Calcined, Combust, Dissolved, and Coagulated Bodies, are reduced by this Furnace into a Solid Mass. Yea, Cineritiums and Cements, and Tests, or Crucibles, into which Silver is often Melted, are put into this Furnace, for recovering the Metal imbibed.   

CHAP. V.  
Of the Fusory, or Melting Furnace.  
THe Fusory Furnace is that, in which all Bodies are easily melted by themselves; and it is a Furnace much in use among Melters of Metals for Coining Money: also Aurichalcum is melted in these Furnaces, and tinged with Tutia, or Calaminaris; as is known to the experienced.   

CHAP. VI  
Of the Solutory, or Dissolving Furnace.  
THe Dissolutory, or Dissolving Furnace, Is made with a Pan full of Water, with Iron Instruments, in which other Instruments are Artificially retained, that they Fall not: these are the Vessels, in which every Dissolution is made. And this is the Form of the Furnace, and Vessels.   

CHAP. VII.  
Of the Fixatory Furnace, or Athanor.  
THe Fixatory Furnace must be made after the manner of the Furnace of Calcination; and in it must be set a deep Pan full of sifted Ashes. But the Vessel, with the Matter to be fixed, being first firmly sealed, must be placed in the midst of the Ashes, so that the thickness of the Ashes underneath, and above in the Circuit of the Vessel, may be answering to the thickness of four Fingers; or according to that, which you desire to fix: because in fixing one, a greater Fire is required, than in fixing another. By this Furnace, and by this Way the Ancient Philosophers attained to the Work of the Magistery; which, Men truly Philosophising, is known to be sufficiently demonstrated in Our Books; and by those especially, who are true Searchers of Verity.  
This is the Figure of the Athanor. Yet if any One can more ingeniously invent the like, let not Our Invention retard him from so doing.    

The Second Part of this Book, Of Things to be prepared.  

CHAP. VIII.  
Of the Preparations of Middle-Mineral Spirits, and Allomes.  
IN this Chapter I will declare the Preparations of Spirits, and first of Mercury: which if you would perfectly sublime, you must add to every pound of it two pounds and an half of Common Salt, and half a pound of Saltpetre. Mortify the Mercury wholly, grinding all together with Vinegar, until nothing of the Mercury appear living in the Mixture; and sublime it, as you know: because it is profitable.  
Red Mercury is thus sublimed, viz. One pound of it is mixed, and perfectly well ground together, with one pound of Saltpetre, and one pound of Vitriol, and from them it is sublimed Red and Splendid. But Arsenic is sublimed thus, viz. From one pound of the Filings of Venus, half a pound of Common Salt, and one quarter of a pound Of Allom calcined. First mortify these with Vinegar, stirring them over a Fire, until the whole be blackened; and again, imbibe and dry, stirring as before; and do this the third time: then sublime the 
* Or White Matter.  Azymum, and it is profitable.  
Sulphur boiled in a Lixivium and dried, is sublimed with the same Feces, as Arsenic; except that, instead of the Filings of Venus, into the aforesaid Vessel is put Filings of Mars, or the Scales thereof beaten to Powder. Salammoniac is sublimed from Common Salt, etc. Tutia and Marchasite are sublimed, as is declared in Our Sum of Perfection. But Salts, Allomes, Boraxes, and Vitriols, are prepared as We have sufficiently Writ in Our Book of Investigation.   

CHAP. IX.  
Of the Calcination of Jupiter and Saturn.  
JVpiter is specially calcined thus: Let a great Test (or calcining Pan) be placed in a Furnace, and Tin put into it, with as much of Common Salt prepared, and Roch Allom calcined. When the Metal is in flux, let it be always stirrred with an Iron Spatula full of Holes, until the whole be turned to Ashes: which first Sift, and then set them in Fire again, keeping them constantly Fire-hot, until they be very well whitened; then keep the same for use.  
Saturn is calcined after the same manner as Jupiter; but its Calx must be rubified, as Minium, and so kept.   

CHAP. X.  
Of the Calcination of Venus and Mars.  
Venus' is thus calcined: In the aforesaid Furnace is put either the Filings of Copper, or it by itself, or with Arsenic pulverised, or with Sulphur, being anointed with Common Oil, and so it is calcined in three or four Days, with most strong Fire. Strike what is calcined, that it may fall off from the Plates, which again calcine: also, when the Calcinate is beaten, re-calcine it, until it be very well rubified; and so keep it.  
Mars being filled is calcined in the aforesaid Furnace, until 'tis very well rubified, and become a Powder impalpable, without touch. And it is called Crocus Martis.   

CHAP. XI.  
Of the Calcination of middle Minerals.  
ALL Atraments, Salts, Allomes, and the kinds of Tutia, are calcined in the said Calcinatory Furnace, with Tartar and other Things; with Fire moderate or strong, according to the Exigency of Things to be calcined; as is evident in Our Book, Of the Investigation of the Perfect Magistery; but all Bodies are calcined, as in Our Testament.   

CHAP. XII.  
Of the Ablutions of the Calxes of Combust Bodies.  
THe Ablution of all Bodies combust and calcined, is thus made: First you must have a large Earthen Vessel, full of hot sweet Water. With this wash any Calx of a Body calcined, stirring it often, that all the Salt and Allom may be dissolved; then when it hath settled, evacuate the Water warily, that none of the Body pass out with the Lotion. Put the Calcinate again into Hot Water, and repeat the Labour, as before, until it be perfectly well washed; then keep it.   

CHAP. XIII.  
Of the Incerations of Calxes washed.  
INcerations of Calxes washed, are thus made: Dry the washed Calx; afterwards dissolve in distilled Vinegar lib. 2. Of Common Salt, Roch Allom, Salt Gem, of each two Ounces. With this Water imbibe Four Ounces of the aforesaid washed, and dried Calx, until it hath drunk in all the said Water, then dry it, and reserve the same for use.   

CHAP. XIV.  
Of the Reduction of Calxes into a Solid Mass.  
REduction of that washed and incerated Calx, is thus made: Wash the incerated Calx with distilled Urine, until you have extracted all the Salts and Allomes, with the Filth of the calcined Body; which, being dried, imbibe with Oil of Tartar, in which dissolve to one pound of the Oil, Two Ounces of Sallammoniac, and One Ounce of Saltpetre. But of the Calx there must be Four Pound; and such Imbibition must be made at several times, drying and imbibing. Then lastly dry it, and cause it to descend in a great Descensory, and reduce into a solid Mass, the Body purged from Combustible Sulphureity, by virtue of the Fire calcining; and from foul Terrestreity, which in Reduction retain with themselves the Feculency of the Earth; the Body being purified from accidental Impurities, which had access to it in its Minera. But its Foulness innate in the Radix of its Generation, must be palliated (or illustrated) with a Medicine, the greater part of which contains in itself the substance of Argentvive, according to the Exigency of Art, as is by Us often demonstrated in Our Sum of Perfection.   

CHAP. XV.  
Of the Solutions of Bodies prepared, and of certain Conjunctions of them, with certain Proportion, that they may appear with better Brightness after their Reduction.  
Body's are twofoldly reduced to Perfection, either by the way of Preparation, and by Commixtion of Perfect Bodies with the Imperfect; or by Medicine prepared for the purpose. But here We shall declare, why the Perfect perfects the Imperfect; and also, that the Imperfect is reduced to Perfection, with Preparations by Us generally demonstrated: and these Preparations in this Chapter We purpose sufficiently, and in a more special manner to treat of.  
First We declare, that the Body cleansed (as is aforesaid) by the way of Calcination and Reduction, must either be filled, or divided into small Grains, as is known: For after Fusion, it is by us poured out upon a Table bored full of small Holes, over cold Water; the Water being strongly stirred while this is doing. This is Our way of Granulating. This Granulate Body dissolve in Our Dissolutive Water, which is made of Saltpetre and Vitriol, as to the one half thereof; or dissolve Filings of the same Body into a Limpid Water; then add to it of Ferment prepared, to a third part of its own weight: Extract the Water, and revert it; this do seven times. After it is reduced into Body, prove it by its Examen, and you will rejoice in this, that you have generated.  
But because We have treated of the perfect Administration of Imperfect Bodies, We will now give the special, true, and certain Rules of every Body: and beginning first with Jupiter, We say, After you have prepared Jupiter, and reduced it, dissolve the same in the Acuity of Waters, and to nine parts of this (dissolved as We said) adjoin one part of Talk calcined and dissolved, mixing the clear Waters. This Water rectify by Alembeck, seven times extracting and reverting. After the last Rectification is made, give to it of the Water of Saltpetre, imbibing and drying, and reduce it into a clean Body, sustaining Ignition, and the Cineritum. For if you conjoin Argentvive, precipitated and dissolved, as We said, after Reduction you will find a noble Body, under the  Proportion.  
The Regimen of Saturn is completed, it being prepared and dissolved, with a third part of its red Ferment also dissolved; which being prepared as before, you will rejoice to find it so fair a Body.  
We, more specially handling the Regimen of Venus, have declared; that you ought seven times, or oftener, to rectify it, when prepared and dissolved; distilling off the Water, and reverting them thereon, each time. Which being coagulate, thence make a most noble Greenness with Salammoniac dissolved in distilled Vinegar. That Greenness rubifie in a Vessel of Mars, and again dissolve it; to which Solution adjoin a third part of prepared and dissolved Luna; afterward extracting and reverting the Water of Ferment seven times. Then reduce this into Body, and you will rejoice.  
The Regimen of Mars is as of Venus, but by reason of its very great Foulness, you can expect no good from it.  
The Regimen of Luna is thus: Dissolve and coagulate it seven times, or at least four times. And to it dissolved, adjoin the fixed rubifying Waters, which We have declared, and you will find the Body aptly Solar: for it agrees with Sol, and remains quietly with it. In this, Venus, admirably well purged and dissolved, may be a great help to you; because a most clean, ting, and fixed Sulphur may be extracted from it. And I tell you, that Mercury purified and fixed, hath power to palliate (or illustrate) the Foulness of Imperfect Bodies; and fixed Sulphur extracted pure from Bodies, to colour them with Splendour. Hence you may collect a great Secret, viz. That Mercury and Sulphur may be extracted, as well from imperfect Bodies duly prepared, as from the perfect. For purified Spirits, and middle Minerals, are an Help, and very peculiar, for deducing the Work to Perfection.    

The Third Part, Of Bodies to be perfected, and of Alterative Medicines.  

CHAP. XVI.  
Of the way of Perfecting, according to the Third Order.  
HAving above sufficiently treated of all the ways of perfecting Imperfect Bodies, in the Second Order, We must now pass on to the Bounds of the Third Order. But what the Medicines are, and of what kind, both of the second and third Order, is plainly enough demonstrated in Our Book of the Perfect Magistery; where we have with a competent and true Demonstration, showed, that Our Stone is procreated of the Substance of Argentvive: and this We did sufficiently, as in a speculative Theorical Book. Therefore We intent here manifestly to unlock the Closure of Art, and it is thus: You must study to resolve Luna, or Sol, into its own Dry Water, which the Vulgar call Mercury: and this so, as a Duodenary Proportion (of the Solutive Water) may contain only a part of the perfect Body. For if with gentle Fire, you well govern these, you will find (in the space or forty Days) that Body converted into mere Water. And the sign of its perfect Dissolution, is Blackness appearing on its Superficies.  
But if you endeavour to perfect both Works, the White, and the Red, dissolve each of the Ferments by itself, and keep it. This is Our Argentvive extracted from Argentvive, which We intent for Ferment. But the Paste to be fermented, We extract, in the usual manner, from imperfect Bodies. And of this We give you a general Rule; which is, that the White Paste is extracted from Jupiter, and Saturn; but the Red from Venus and Saturn. Yet every Body must be dissolved by itself in the Ferment.   

CHAP. XVII.  
Of the Regimen of Jupiter and Saturn.  
BEcause We intent in this Chapter to demonstrate the Regiment of Jupiter and Saturn; We first signify, that this Chapter is for the White, and the way is thus: ℞ lib. 1. of most clean Tin, and melt it, to which being in Flux, add twelve pounds of well cleansed Mercury, stirring the whole, that they may be mixed. This Mixture put into a Phial having a Neck of a foot in length; which Phial place in an Athanor, and likewise another Phial with Saturn so prepared; administering a gentle Fire to them for a Week. In which time you will have a Paste dissolved, fit to be fermented with the White Ferment, according to the Proportion, which We shall here following show. Let there be four parts of the Paste of Jupiter, three parts of Saturn, and one part of the White Ferment. These, being dissolved, as We said, must be mixed through their least parts, and set in Putrefaction (after the manner of Our Dissolution of moderate Fire) for seven Days: this time expired, let them be taken out, well mixed, and their more liquid Parts expressed through a Cloth. What remains thick, put into a well sealed Glass, which place in the Athanor, as before, for the time aforesaid; and so do thrice, until it hath imbibed all the Humidity. Then put your Vessel with its Matter, in the Furnace of Fixation for twelve Days; which being expired, take it out, and reduce it with Things reducing. And you will find that, which our Ancestors found not without very great Study, viz. The Generate generating. The same you may join with Lead in the Cineritium, and you will find the Body perfect in Whiteness, perpetually generating its like. The Exposition of which, together with what We have Written thereof, I (with all my Ancestors) leave to my Successors.   

CHAP. XVIII.  
Of the Regimen of Venus and Saturn.  
OF the Paste of Venus let there be three pounds, of Saturn two, and of Ferment one. Of these perfectly dissolved, make Commixtion through their least Parts, which keep in Heat, as in the White is said. Extract the Water, and what remains in the Cloth, put into a well sealed Glass, for three Weeks. Then take it out, and render to it a third part of its own reserved Water, and coct, as in the precedent Chapter; and this do thrice. But when it hath imbibed all its Water, put it in its proper Vessel, and Furnace to be fixed. When fixed, with Things reducing, reduce it into Body ready to be augmented and tinged.   

CHAP. XIX.  
Of the Regimen of Mars.  
SEeing the Solution of Mars is found very difficult, We shall in the End of this Book, treat of many Ways, and also set down divers other Experiments made by us. Therefore, of the Paste of Mars let there be lib. 2. of Venus' lib 4, and of Saturn also lib. 4. Mix these without Ferment, and coct the Mixture for seven Days, and you will find the whole Dry. Fix it, and put it, together with half its weight of Lithargiry beaten to Powder, into a Reductory, and you will find a Mineral Body very profitable, if you be wise, of which We have often made mention.   

CHAP. XX.  
Of the Regimen of Luna.  
THe Regimen of Luna is the reducing it from its Minera, to a more noble State: and this is thus done: Dissolve Luna, and of it take lib. 3, of Venus dissolved, lib. 4, of Ferment dissolved lib. 1. Conjoin the Waters, coct them for seven Days with gentle Fire in a sealed Glass, as in Mars, with their whole Water; then augment the Fire leisurely for other seven Days, and let it be as Fire of Sublimation. But for other seven Days give it Fire somewhat more strong, that the whole Water may be fixed with it. This Powder reduce in a small Quantity: and if it retain with itself part of the Mercury (which you will easily perceive, if you know how to calcine) it is well indeed; but if not, again put it to be fixed, until it be sufficiently fixed. This must be reduced with Red reducing Things; and than you will find your Luna coloured, transmuted and fixed, which highly esteem. For if you well Study in Our Volumes, you will find by Our Consideration, upon what Subjects, the true Searcher ought to ground his Action.   

CHAP. XXI.  
Of the Regimen of Mercury.  
THe Regimen of Mercury is completed two ways, First, You must amalgamate it, well washed and purified, in the certain Proportion by Us under-written. In the second way, you must distil it, and thence make an Aquavitae. For the first Way the Proportion is this: Of Mercury 48 ounces, of Sol 1 ounce; of Luna 1 ounce, of Venus' 1 ounce, and of Saturn 1 ounce. Melt these Bodies; first the Venus and Luna; secondly, the Sol, thirdly, Saturn. Take all out of the Fire, having melted them in a large Crucible, and your Mercury in readiness made hot in another; and when the said Metals begin to harden, pour in the Mercury leisurely, stirring the Mixture with a Stick, setting it again on the Fire, and taking it off, until they be all amalgamated with the whole Mercury. This Amalgama, put to be dissolved for seven Days, extract the Water with a Cloth, make the Residue volatile, administering Fire of Ignition. This again imbibe with its whole Water, and put it to be generated; and again to be dried for forty Days, and you will find a Stone; which put to be fixed, and you will have a Stone augmentable to Infinity. Therefore keep this Book, even from thy own Son; because it expounds all Things, which We have Written in divers Books.   

CHAP. XXII.  
Of the Ferment of Luna, for the White.  
THe Ferment of Luna for the White is made, when Luna is dissolved in its own Corrosive Water, and this Water boiled away to a third part, and that exposed to the Air, or set in B. M. or in Dung, for certain Days. For than it will be Oil of Luna, and Ferment, which keep for the White.   

CHAP. XXIII.  
Of the Ferment of Sol, for the Red.  
THe Ferment of Sol is made, when Gold is dissolved in its own Water, and decocted and prepared according to the aforesaid Chapter of the Ferment of Luna. For so, it will be the Ferment of Sol, for the Red, which keep.   

CHAP. XXIV.  
Of Ferment of Ferment upon Mercury, as well for the White, as for the Red.  
THe Composition of Our Medicine, which is called Ferment of Ferment upon Mercury, is made for the White, after this manner: Take the Ferment of Luna, which is its Oil, and add to it twice so much of Arsenic sublimed and dissolved in Water; then to both these add of Mercury dissolved, as much as of the Arsenic. Mix the Waters, and set them over a Fire for one Day to be incorporated. Afterward, extract the Water by Alembeck, and revert it; this do fifteen times, so incerating, and it will be fluid, as fusible Wax. Then add to it as much Virgins Wax melted, commix them, and project the Mixture upon Mercury washed, according as shall seem expedient to you. For that resolved is augmented in virtue and weight.  
But if this Ferment of Ferment be made for the Red: Dissolve Sol in its own Water (all the Compositions of those Waters, and of other Things, are sufficiently treated of in Our Book, Of the Invention of Perfection; wherefore We have here omitted them) to one part of that Gold dissolved, add two parts of Sulphur dissolved in the same Water together with it, and three parts of Mercury dissolved. Let all these be truly dissolved into most clear Waters, which being mixed coct for one Day, that they may be fermented; then extract the Water fifteen times, each time reverting it. Incerate with yellow Virgins Wax; that is, with half its weight of Oil of Blood, or Oil of Eggs: then project upon crude Mercury, according as shall seem expedient to you.  
Here note, that if you perfect this Medicine, according to the Method We have taught (in the Third Order of Our Sum of Perfection) of the Congelative Medicine of Mercury, you will find by Reiteration of the Work, and by Subtiliation thereof, that one Part tingeth infinite Parts of Mercury into most high Sol, more noble than any natural Gold.   

CHAP. XXV.  
A Recapitulation of the Experiments of the Author.  
FOr as much as I intended in this Volume to declare all dubious Things, I will conclude my Book with all the true Experiments, which have been proved and tried by me. By these true Operations, the new Searcher may perceive the Verity, or Falsity of divers Sophistical Receipts, and so not spend his time unprofitably; and likewise discern what is good, in the Receipts of false Operators. And first of Spirits only, and afterwards consequently of others, as well of Bodies, as of Spirits, with their Methods We intent to speak. But this Chapter is divided into two Parts: First We declare the Experiences of the Ancients proved by Us: Secondly, the Rectifications of them all. Yet, as We have begun, We must first insist upon those Works which are of Whiteness.  
A good Dealbation ℞ of Realgar ℥ 1, of Argentvive sublimed, ℥ 3, ss. of Tartar calcined, ℥ 1. grind and incorporate, and put them in a Phial with a Neck of a foot in length, and its orifice so wide, as two Fingers may enter: let it be luted, and set over a Fire, covered with a Cloth. First make a gentle Fire for a quarter of an hour, afterward augment the Fire underneath, and round about, until the Furnace be very hot with Ignition. When all is cold, break the Vessel, and take out what you find Metalline; and make of this a great Quantity. For I will now show you the way, how this Medicine may be profitably rectified.  
An Artificial Dealbation, Upon Tutia, sublime one part of sublimate Mercury, and two parts of Arsenic sublimed, until it shall have Ingress. This clearly, and very speciously whitens Venus.  
Another Dealbation, Imbibe three parts of Mercury sublimed, and two parts of Arsenic sublimed, with Lithargiry dissolved, until they become eight parts. To these eight adjoin other eight parts of Arsenic sublimed; grind them together, and flux them with Oil of Tartar, and you will whiten prepared Venus, at pleasure.  
Also another, Grind Metalline Arsenic, with as much of the Calx of Luna, and imbibe the Mixture with the Water of Salarmoniac, and dry and grind; afterward dissolve Salt of Tartar in the Water of Saltpetre, with which Oil imbibe the Medicine, dry it. Repeat this thrice, incerating and drying, and you will rejoice for this, which We have now related.  
Another of Ours, Imbibe Jupiter calcined, washed and dried, so often with Metalline Arsenic, with half so much of sublimed Mercury, as until it flows, and enters Venus: for it whitens the same (if first prepared) splendidly.  
Also, upon Tutia calcined, dissolved and coagulated, sublime white Arsenic (so that of the Arsenic be three parts, but of the Tutia one part) reiterating the Sublimation upon it four times; for it hath ingress: with them adjoin half as much as the whole is, of Sublimate Mercury; grinding and incerating four times with the Water of Salammoniac, Peter, and Tartar, of each alike. With this, when coagulated, cement prepared Plates of Venus, and melt, and you will have a very beautiful Thing.  
Also Another, Grind Venus calcined and incerated; to this add Arsenic sublimed, and half a part of Mercury sublimed; with which being well ground and mixed, adjoin a little of the Water of Ammoniac, incerating upon a Marble; afterward dry and sublime. Revert the Sublimate upon the Feces, again imbibing, and so do thrice: the fourth time imbibe with the Water of Peter, and sublime what can be sublimed. Reiterate this Labour, until it remain fluid in the Bottom. This, in Copper prepared, will be resplendent with Brightness.  
Also, Upon the prepared Calx of Venus, so often sublime Sublimate Arsenic, as until some part of the Arsenic remain with it in the Asperity of Fire. That, imbibed with the Water of Peter, and lastly incerated with the Water of Luna; and Mercury precipitate, and in the end with Oil of Tartar rectified, until it flows, wonderfully whitens Venus and enters the second Order, if you have wisely walked in the Valleys of this Art. For I have elsewhere said, that if you obtain any part of Mercury precipitated, in the Mixture, you will walk more splendidly; especially, if the White Ferment, dissolved with the Mercury dissolved, after a certain Fixation of it, be adjoined by the Medium of Inceration, you will find, that you have walked nigh the way itself.  
But, because We have proved, that Jupiter, howsoever prepared, in the whole first Order, is totally unprofitable, what Magistery soever is followed in its Preparation; also Saturn and Mars; therefore, in Our Sum of Perfection, We assigned to it a Medicine of the Third Order; because there, it is most excellently adorned, as is often proved in Our said Sum of Perfection, and We have now proved and experienced de facto, infinite ways, Yet We have Written more apt Things, touching the Dealbation of Venus.   

CHAP. XXVI.  
Mercurial Sports.  
NOw I begin to speak of Mercurial Plays or (Sports) make a Cement of Lithargiry of Silver, and Salt Alkaly of Zoza (or Soda) put the Cement first into a Crucible the Thickness of one Finger, upon that put a Globe of the Amalgamation of Mercury, and Luna, and put on the remainder of the Cement, that the Globe may be in the midst of the Cement. Dry, Lute, and set the Crucible in a gentle Fire for half a Day, leisurely augmenting the Fire; and so continue its leisurely Increase, from the Evening, unto the Dawning of the Day, with moderate Ignition at last. Then take it out, prove it by Cineritium, and it will be Luna in weight, and Surdity, and much better in Fixation.  
Also, Amalgamate Luna with Mercury, to which adjoin as much of Saturn, as there is of the Luna. Put it into such a Crucible, as that three fourth's of it may be empty, pour on it Oil of Sulphur, and coct it unto Consumption of the Oil: afterwards keep it for two Hours in a moderate Fire, and there will be generated a Stone Black, with a little Redness. This Stone prove by Cineritium, and you will find your Luna augmented in Weight, Surdity, and Fixation.  
Also another, worthy to be thought on, Grind Luna amalgamated with Mercury, with twice so much Metalline Arsenic; to which adjoin a tenfold Proportion of Amalgamated Venus, viz. of Luna (I suppose Venus) and Arsenic. Grind the whole, and fix, and reduce into Body, and it shall be well with you.   

CHAP. XXVII.  
Of the Citrination, or Colouring of Luna.  
HAving guided you to the Knowledge of those Dealbations with the Magistery, We now come to speak of the Citrination of Luna more specially, than We did in Our Sum of Perfection. Dissolve Our Philosophic Zyniar, deduced from Venus prepared, in the Water of the Dissolution of Luna; to which adjoin half so much, as itself is, of Mercury rubified by Sublimation, and in some sort fixed, and dissolved; to these, add as much of Luna dissolved, as the Zyniar itself is: from which, fermented for one day, extract the Water by Distillation, and revert it; do this ten times. In the end coagulate, and reduce into Body, and you will rejoice for this Invention.  
Otherwise, Dissolve Zyniar and our Crocus prepared with the Sublimation of Mercury, until it wax Red; adjoin as much Salammoniac, and sublime it thrice from that Crocus, which dissolve. The Crocus and Zyniar must be equal, to which adjoin as much of Luna dissolved, as there is of both. Do as you did in the precedent, incerating and reducing: for it is easy.  
Also, We will show you another way more easy; ℞ of Crocus and Zyniar dissolved, of each a like Quantity, adjoin to them as much Gold dissolved. Incerate as before, in the End coagulate, and give to the Coagulate a fourth part of its own weight of the Oil of Saltpetre; and project upon so much Luna, and it will be a Tincture with a Citrine Aspect.  
Otherwise and best, Make a Water of Our Zyniar, and of Our said Crocus, and imbibe the Calxes of Sol and Luna (equal parts) therewith, until they have drunk in their own weight of it. In the end, incerate with the Oil of Ammoniac, and Peter, and reduce into a noble Body.  
Also, Sublime Ammoniac from Our Greenness, to which then adjoin Crocus and Zyniar; from which well commixed sublime the Ammoniac extracted from the aforesaid, twice or thrice: and in the End dissolve the whole, to which add a third part of Gold dissolved. Incerate as before, and congeal; then project upon Sol and Luna, so that of Luna there be two parts, and of Sol one; and it will be good.    
FINIS.   

ERRATAS.  
PAge 10. line 5. read Spoliation, p. 13. l. 27. r. Porphiry; p. 16. l. 7. r. impalpable, p. 54. l. 5. r. Refutation; p. 59 l. 17. r. Stable; p. 60. l. 1. add and; l. 10. r. compounding; p. 64. l. 1. r. cocting; p. 95. l. 5. r. take; p. 120. r. Chap. 14. p. 121. l. 17. r. Ingenious; p. 133. l. 27. r. by; p. 140. l. 4. add in; p. 147. l. 2. deal the; p. 169. l. 30. r. participates; p. 177. l. 19 add it; p. 241. r. Chap. 2. p. ibid. l. 23. r. Apertion; p. 246. l. 3. r. unto; l. 6. deal to; p. 256. l. 10. r. there; p. 285. l. 13. r. it.